diff options
| author | Bruce Momjian | 1999-02-13 23:22:53 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Bruce Momjian | 1999-02-13 23:22:53 +0000 |
| commit | 6724a5078748946b8150700125571b6ea62feca8 (patch) | |
| tree | a7b3f2cf82f0bdb7cf836d1d4614a0e3b32df954 /src/backend | |
| parent | 8c3fff7337b6389b00e8dda03a079605ee102f1b (diff) | |
Change my-function-name-- to my_function_name, and optimizer renames.
Diffstat (limited to 'src/backend')
328 files changed, 1267 insertions, 1293 deletions
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c index 9e16cabd375..06001fbe776 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * heaptuple.c-- + * heaptuple.c * This file contains heap tuple accessor and mutator routines, as well * as a few various tuple utilities. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.48 1999/02/03 21:15:27 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.49 1999/02/13 23:14:10 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * The old interface functions have been converted to macros diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/heapvalid.c b/src/backend/access/common/heapvalid.c index 79208bb3a50..d716e77f4ff 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/heapvalid.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/heapvalid.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * heapvalid.c-- + * heapvalid.c * heap tuple qualification validity checking code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/heapvalid.c,v 1.22 1998/11/27 19:51:28 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/heapvalid.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:14:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c b/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c index e6154ba8cdd..5c779bcf6c7 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * indextuple.c-- + * indextuple.c * This file contains index tuple accessor and mutator routines, * as well as a few various tuple utilities. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.32 1998/09/07 05:35:28 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:14:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/indexvalid.c b/src/backend/access/common/indexvalid.c index a30bf84d890..c2387dae240 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/indexvalid.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/indexvalid.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * indexvalid.c-- + * indexvalid.c * index tuple qualification validity checking code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/indexvalid.c,v 1.20 1998/09/01 03:20:44 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/indexvalid.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:14:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c b/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c index 94c4d013857..9833a8d4d0a 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * printtup.c-- + * printtup.c * Routines to print out tuples to the destination (binary or non-binary * portals, frontend/interactive backend, etc.). * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.41 1999/01/27 01:11:43 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.42 1999/02/13 23:14:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c b/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c index 680d8aeec52..bd3e047e6a7 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * scan.c-- + * scan.c * scan direction and key code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c,v 1.12 1998/06/15 18:39:22 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:13 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ #include <access/skey.h> /* - * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal -- + * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal * True iff the scan key entry is legal. */ #define ScanKeyEntryIsLegal(entry) \ @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ ) /* - * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal -- + * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal * Marks a scan key entry as illegal. */ void @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal(ScanKey entry) } /* - * ScanKeyEntryInitialize -- + * ScanKeyEntryInitialize * Initializes an scan key entry. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c b/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c index 7dd94dd8836..656b997404d 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * tupdesc.c-- + * tupdesc.c * POSTGRES tuple descriptor support code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c,v 1.47 1999/02/03 21:15:27 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:14:14 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * some of the executor utility code such as "ExecTypeFromTL" should be diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c index ce9ef24c88e..54c0c4a4f6c 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c +++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * gist.c-- + * gist.c * interface routines for the postgres GiST index access method. * * diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gistget.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gistget.c index 35708bf6534..665bc830357 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/gist/gistget.c +++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gistget.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * gistget.c-- + * gistget.c * fetch tuples from a GiST scan. * * diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c index 3528fd30ce2..92353d71b2b 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c +++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * gistscan.c-- + * gistscan.c * routines to manage scans on index relations * * diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/giststrat.c b/src/backend/access/gist/giststrat.c index b54c0951c4c..69eb9c31c3f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/gist/giststrat.c +++ b/src/backend/access/gist/giststrat.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * giststrat.c-- + * giststrat.c * strategy map data for GiSTs. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c index 1554af876b2..122c9ad3797 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hash.c-- + * hash.c * Implementation of Margo Seltzer's Hashing package for postgres. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c,v 1.24 1999/02/03 21:15:28 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:14:17 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This file contains only the public interface routines. diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c index c2f928161a4..7233685a22d 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashfunc.c-- + * hashfunc.c * Comparison functions for hash access method. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:26:49 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:18 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * These functions are stored in pg_amproc. For each operator class diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c index df52938979c..f1d5d56013d 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashinsert.c-- + * hashinsert.c * Item insertion in hash tables for Postgres. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c,v 1.14 1998/09/01 03:20:56 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:14:19 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c index b6a847a10ac..ab599abf058 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashovfl.c-- + * hashovfl.c * Overflow page management code for the Postgres hash access method * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.19 1999/02/03 21:15:28 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:19 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Overflow pages look like ordinary relation pages. diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c index 208cda1bf7e..7c81e7ab5c1 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashpage.c-- + * hashpage.c * Hash table page management code for the Postgres hash access method * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c,v 1.18 1998/12/15 12:45:10 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:20 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Postgres hash pages look like ordinary relation pages. The opaque diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c index add3971ac27..418788d472d 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashscan.c-- + * hashscan.c * manage scans on hash tables * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 03:20:59 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:14:20 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Because we can be doing an index scan on a relation while we diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c index adb20353906..5e00180c609 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashsearch.c-- + * hashsearch.c * search code for postgres hash tables * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 03:21:01 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:14:20 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashstrat.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashstrat.c index 8244184b949..91c18729ff5 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashstrat.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashstrat.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btstrat.c-- + * btstrat.c * Srategy map entries for the btree indexed access method * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/Attic/hashstrat.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 03:21:02 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/Attic/hashstrat.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:21 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c index fc6641f7a6a..304ae236cbf 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c +++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btutils.c-- + * btutils.c * Utility code for Postgres btree implementation. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c,v 1.14 1998/09/01 03:21:03 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:14:21 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c index bfd57b0cff0..f2b0cd187b0 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * heapam.c-- + * heapam.c * heap access method code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.40 1999/01/29 09:22:51 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:14:22 momjian Exp $ * * * INTERFACE ROUTINES diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c b/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c index 93f4f000162..f827f6e421f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hio.c-- + * hio.c * POSTGRES heap access method input/output code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Id: hio.c,v 1.16 1999/02/02 03:43:57 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: hio.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:14:24 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/stats.c b/src/backend/access/heap/stats.c index d630dedf815..17d49b93987 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/heap/stats.c +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/stats.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * stats.c-- + * stats.c * heap access method debugging statistic collection routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/Attic/stats.c,v 1.14 1998/12/15 12:45:15 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/Attic/stats.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:14:25 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * initam should be moved someplace else. diff --git a/src/backend/access/index/genam.c b/src/backend/access/index/genam.c index 6e270913db8..5752f2cf443 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/index/genam.c +++ b/src/backend/access/index/genam.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * genam.c-- + * genam.c * general index access method routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/genam.c,v 1.15 1998/10/08 18:29:14 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/genam.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:14:29 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * many of the old access method routines have been turned into diff --git a/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c b/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c index f1516c669b3..73019ce8b2f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c +++ b/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * indexam.c-- + * indexam.c * general index access method routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.29 1998/12/15 12:45:15 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.30 1999/02/13 23:14:30 momjian Exp $ * * INTERFACE ROUTINES * index_open - open an index relation by relationId diff --git a/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c b/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c index c5753e77f79..e0b4e61a15b 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c +++ b/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * istrat.c-- + * istrat.c * index scan strategy manipulation code and index strategy manipulation * operator code. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/istrat.c,v 1.30 1999/02/03 21:15:30 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/istrat.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:14:30 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static bool StrategyTermIsValid(StrategyTerm term, */ /* - * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry -- + * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry * Returns a scan key entry of a index strategy mapping member. * * Note: @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(StrategyMap map, } /* - * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap -- + * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap * Returns an index strategy mapping of an index strategy. * * Note: @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(IndexStrategy indexStrategy, } /* - * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize -- + * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize * Computes the size of an index strategy. */ Size @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry(Relation operatorRelation, /* - * IndexSupportInitialize -- + * IndexSupportInitialize * Initializes an index strategy and associated support procedures. */ void diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c index d7e3fd03d79..108166fc441 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nbtcompare.c-- + * nbtcompare.c * Comparison functions for btree access method. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c,v 1.20 1999/01/20 16:24:59 thomas Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:14:31 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * These functions are stored in pg_amproc. For each operator class diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c index 240c902dbe3..d5d245f1ee7 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btinsert.c-- + * btinsert.c * Item insertion in Lehman and Yao btrees for Postgres. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.34 1999/02/03 21:15:32 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:14:34 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c index 306f4fa0e93..812481c9538 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nbtpage.c-- + * nbtpage.c * BTree-specific page management code for the Postgres btree access * method. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.17 1998/12/15 12:45:23 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:14:35 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Postgres btree pages look like ordinary relation pages. The opaque @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ _bt_pageinit(Page page, Size size) { /* - * Cargo-cult programming -- don't really need this to be zero, but + * Cargo_cult programming -- don't really need this to be zero, but * creating new pages is an infrequent occurrence and it makes me feel * good when I know they're empty. */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c index 7a3072395da..0b2470fcd06 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btree.c-- + * btree.c * Implementation of Lehman and Yao's btree management algorithm for * Postgres. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.34 1998/11/27 19:51:40 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This file contains only the public interface routines. diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c index 55869592e40..b5e7d1207c1 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btscan.c-- + * btscan.c * manage scans on btrees. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtscan.c,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:27:04 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtscan.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $ * * * NOTES diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c index eb6f5abe9de..7ab3da107d6 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btsearch.c-- + * btsearch.c * search code for postgres btrees. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.39 1998/11/02 15:28:36 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c index 5e2589f9ee9..ba14563c9d4 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * btsort.c-- + * btsort.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Id: nbtsort.c,v 1.35 1999/02/03 21:15:36 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: nbtsort.c,v 1.36 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtstrat.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtstrat.c index 3d155aa164b..902601a3baa 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtstrat.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtstrat.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btstrat.c-- + * btstrat.c * Srategy map entries for the btree indexed access method * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtstrat.c,v 1.7 1998/09/01 03:21:21 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtstrat.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:14:37 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c index 7a2ce71af02..193a2f7e714 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * btutils.c-- + * btutils.c * Utility code for Postgres btree implementation. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c,v 1.24 1999/02/03 21:15:36 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:14:37 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtget.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtget.c index 4df0adf5c40..70b1f172a94 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtget.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtget.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rtget.c-- + * rtget.c * fetch tuples from an rtree scan. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtget.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:27:09 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtget.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:41 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtproc.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtproc.c index a2bced8fc77..f7772de64c7 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtproc.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtproc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rtproc.c-- + * rtproc.c * pg_amproc entries for rtrees. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtproc.c,v 1.17 1998/09/01 03:21:26 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtproc.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:14:42 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c index 9bf6d90dae1..57e89424500 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rtree.c-- + * rtree.c * interface routines for the postgres rtree indexed access method. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtree.c,v 1.30 1998/12/15 12:45:25 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtree.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:14:42 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c index 1556527c915..596972960bd 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rtscan.c-- + * rtscan.c * routines to manage scans on index relations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.21 1999/02/03 21:15:37 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:14:43 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtstrat.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtstrat.c index f610bfc2ede..6f838a4a4a9 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtstrat.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtstrat.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rtstrat.c-- + * rtstrat.c * strategy map data for rtrees. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtstrat.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:27:13 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtstrat.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:14:43 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c b/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c index b800a0e08ad..e36391c3e33 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * transam.c-- + * transam.c * postgres transaction log/time interface routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c,v 1.22 1999/02/03 21:15:41 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:14:46 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This file contains the high level access-method interface to the @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ TransRecover(Relation logRelation) */ /* - * InitializeTransactionLog -- + * InitializeTransactionLog * Initializes transaction logging. */ void @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ InitializeTransactionLog(void) */ /* - * TransactionIdDidCommit -- + * TransactionIdDidCommit * True iff transaction associated with the identifier did commit. * * Note: @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ TransactionIdDidCommit(TransactionId transactionId) } /* - * TransactionIdDidAborted -- + * TransactionIdDidAborted * True iff transaction associated with the identifier did abort. * * Note: @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ TransactionIdIsInProgress(TransactionId transactionId) */ /* - * TransactionIdCommit -- + * TransactionIdCommit * Commits the transaction associated with the identifier. * * Note: @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ TransactionIdCommit(TransactionId transactionId) } /* - * TransactionIdAbort -- + * TransactionIdAbort * Aborts the transaction associated with the identifier. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/transsup.c b/src/backend/access/transam/transsup.c index 93be4917cd4..d6be0ac033f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/transsup.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/transsup.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * transsup.c-- + * transsup.c * postgres transaction access method support code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/Attic/transsup.c,v 1.19 1999/02/03 21:15:45 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/Attic/transsup.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:47 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This file contains support functions for the high diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c b/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c index b1e723361c3..f910ea5f0f1 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * varsup.c-- + * varsup.c * postgres variable relation support routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c,v 1.18 1998/12/18 09:10:17 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:48 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ VariableRelationPutNextOid(Oid *oidP) * In the version 2 transaction system, transaction id's are * restricted in several ways. * - * -- Old comments removed -- + * -- Old comments removed * * Second, since we may someday preform compression of the data * in the log and time relations, we cause the numbering of the diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c index 1e61f905674..154409bd005 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * xact.c-- + * xact.c * top level transaction system support routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:15:45 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:14:49 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Transaction aborts can now occur two ways: @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ StartTransactionCommand() break; /* ---------------- - * As with BEGIN, we should never experience this -- + * As with BEGIN, we should never experience this * if we do it means the END state was not changed in the * previous CommitTransactionCommand(). If we get it, we * print a warning, commit the transaction, start a new diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c index 35b53b5a5a8..e7b68d48e7f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * xid.c-- + * xid.c * POSTGRES transaction identifier code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: xid.c,v 1.20 1998/12/14 06:50:17 scrappy Exp $ + * $Id: xid.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:14:49 momjian Exp $ * * OLD COMMENTS * XXX WARNING diff --git a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y index 9bd5c4be8b1..5a4b0b50b52 100644 --- a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y +++ b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ %{ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * backendparse.y-- + * backendparse.y * yacc parser grammer for the "backend" initialization program. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y,v 1.23 1999/02/02 03:44:03 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:14:51 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l index 189b717bb6b..331e0f722dd 100644 --- a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l +++ b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ %{ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * bootscanner.lex-- + * bootscanner.lex * a lexical scanner for the bootstrap parser * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l,v 1.11 1998/08/24 01:13:38 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:14:52 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c index 4e6675bbba9..997e59ba955 100644 --- a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c +++ b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * bootstrap.c-- + * bootstrap.c * routines to support running postgres in 'bootstrap' mode * bootstrap mode is used to create the initial template database * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.54 1999/02/03 21:15:46 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.55 1999/02/13 23:14:52 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c b/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c index b9057176307..601d0b83cba 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * aclchk.c-- + * aclchk.c * Routines to check access control permissions. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.18 1998/12/15 12:45:39 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:54 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * See acl.h. diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c b/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c index 4b5545946ea..8e0953809c4 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * catalog.c-- + * catalog.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c,v 1.19 1998/12/14 05:18:36 scrappy Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:55 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ relpath(char *relname) } /* - * IsSystemRelationName -- + * IsSystemRelationName * True iff name is the name of a system catalog relation. * * We now make a new requirement where system catalog relns must begin @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ IsSystemRelationName(char *relname) } /* - * IsSharedSystemRelationName -- + * IsSharedSystemRelationName * True iff name is the name of a shared system catalog relation. */ bool diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c index 52d40091041..f1cb1e99f09 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * heap.c-- + * heap.c * code to create and destroy POSTGRES heap relations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.73 1999/02/09 17:02:42 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.74 1999/02/13 23:14:55 momjian Exp $ * * * INTERFACE ROUTINES diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/index.c b/src/backend/catalog/index.c index 2aee180dd41..ad6cae56b79 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/index.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/index.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * index.c-- + * index.c * code to create and destroy POSTGRES index relations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.69 1999/02/03 21:15:54 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.70 1999/02/13 23:14:56 momjian Exp $ * * * INTERFACE ROUTINES @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ ConstructTupleDescriptor(Oid heapoid, } /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- - * AccessMethodObjectIdGetForm -- + * AccessMethodObjectIdGetForm * Returns the formated access method tuple given its object identifier. * * XXX ADD INDEXING diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c b/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c index 50828cd2f35..7ec9095a5dc 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * indexing.c-- + * indexing.c * This file contains routines to support indices defined on system * catalogs. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c,v 1.35 1999/02/02 03:44:13 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c,v 1.36 1999/02/13 23:14:57 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c index dc15786b1a3..ef9b9c3afbd 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pg_aggregate.c-- + * pg_aggregate.c * routines to support manipulation of the pg_aggregate relation * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.19 1999/02/03 21:15:56 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:57 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c index c24892946ea..a93d93e6006 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pg_operator.c-- + * pg_operator.c * routines to support manipulation of the pg_operator relation * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.32 1999/02/03 21:15:56 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:14:57 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * these routines moved here from commands/define.c and somewhat cleaned up. diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c index 78e56c028fd..b4c89dd9e49 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pg_proc.c-- + * pg_proc.c * routines to support manipulation of the pg_proc relation * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.24 1998/11/27 19:51:51 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:14:58 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c index 7336de88969..63c021ad0be 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pg_type.c-- + * pg_type.c * routines to support manipulation of the pg_type relation * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.34 1999/02/06 16:50:22 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:14:59 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c b/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c index b3db65507a2..9cb98cc5b3b 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * version.c-- + * version.c * This file contains all the rules that govern all version semantics. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * doesn't work! - jolly 8/19/95 * * - * $Id: version.c,v 1.17 1998/12/14 06:50:19 scrappy Exp $ + * $Id: version.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:15:12 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * At the point the version is defined, 2 physical relations are created diff --git a/src/backend/commands/async.c b/src/backend/commands/async.c index b18941781d4..453019871e3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/async.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/async.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * async.c-- + * async.c * Asynchronous notification: NOTIFY, LISTEN, UNLISTEN * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.43 1998/12/15 12:45:50 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.44 1999/02/13 23:15:00 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ static void ClearPendingNotifies(void); /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * Async_Notify -- + * Async_Notify * * This is executed by the SQL notify command. * @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Async_Notify(char *relname) /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * Async_Listen -- + * Async_Listen * * This is executed by the SQL listen command. * @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Async_Listen(char *relname, int pid) /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * Async_Unlisten -- + * Async_Unlisten * * This is executed by the SQL unlisten command. * @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ Async_Unlisten(char *relname, int pid) /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * Async_UnlistenAll -- + * Async_UnlistenAll * * Unlisten all relations for this backend. * @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Async_UnlistenAll() /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * Async_UnlistenOnExit -- + * Async_UnlistenOnExit * * Clean up the pg_listener table at backend exit. * @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ Async_UnlistenOnExit() /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * AtCommit_Notify -- + * AtCommit_Notify * * This is called at transaction commit. * @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ AtCommit_Notify() /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * AtAbort_Notify -- + * AtAbort_Notify * * This is called at transaction abort. * @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ AtAbort_Notify() /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * Async_NotifyHandler -- + * Async_NotifyHandler * * This is the signal handler for SIGUSR2. * @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ Async_NotifyHandler(SIGNAL_ARGS) /* * -------------------------------------------------------------- - * EnableNotifyInterrupt -- + * EnableNotifyInterrupt * * This is called by the PostgresMain main loop just before waiting * for a frontend command. If we are truly idle (ie, *not* inside @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ EnableNotifyInterrupt(void) /* * -------------------------------------------------------------- - * DisableNotifyInterrupt -- + * DisableNotifyInterrupt * * This is called by the PostgresMain main loop just after receiving * a frontend command. Signal handler execution of inbound notifies @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ DisableNotifyInterrupt(void) /* * -------------------------------------------------------------- - * ProcessIncomingNotify -- + * ProcessIncomingNotify * * Deal with arriving NOTIFYs from other backends. * This is called either directly from the SIGUSR2 signal handler, diff --git a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c index 76f3f07801f..ae6cafa7b7c 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * cluster.c-- + * cluster.c * Paul Brown's implementation of cluster index. * * I am going to use the rename function as a model for this in the @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.37 1999/02/03 21:16:02 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:15:02 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/command.c b/src/backend/commands/command.c index 310325d2f81..9d5a4962096 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/command.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/command.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * command.c-- + * command.c * random postgres portal and utility support code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/command.c,v 1.37 1999/02/08 14:14:08 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/command.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:15:03 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * The PortalExecutorHeapMemory crap needs to be eliminated diff --git a/src/backend/commands/copy.c b/src/backend/commands/copy.c index 9df08908c23..8b75f5b3cd9 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/copy.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/copy.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * copy.c-- + * copy.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.72 1999/02/07 16:17:10 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.73 1999/02/13 23:15:04 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c b/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c index 61083a5637f..0d4c3fc8b87 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * creatinh.c-- + * creatinh.c * POSTGRES create/destroy relation with inheritance utility code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/creatinh.c,v 1.39 1999/02/03 21:16:03 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/creatinh.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:15:05 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ static List *MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, List **supconstr); static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers); /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- - * DefineRelation -- + * DefineRelation * Creates a new relation. * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ DefineRelation(CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind) } /* - * RemoveRelation -- + * RemoveRelation * Deletes a new relation. * * Exceptions: @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ RemoveRelation(char *name) /* - * MergeAttributes -- + * MergeAttributes * Returns new schema given initial schema and supers. * * @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, List **supconstr) } /* - * StoreCatalogInheritance -- + * StoreCatalogInheritance * Updates the system catalogs with proper inheritance information. */ static void diff --git a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c index a3cdd49f265..475dfc982dd 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dbcommands.c-- + * dbcommands.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.29 1999/01/17 06:18:17 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.30 1999/02/13 23:15:05 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/defind.c b/src/backend/commands/defind.c index a5343bf6995..b5c991c9d74 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/defind.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/defind.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * defind.c-- + * defind.c * POSTGRES define, extend and remove index code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/defind.c,v 1.33 1999/02/03 21:16:04 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/defind.c,v 1.34 1999/02/13 23:15:05 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static void NormIndexAttrs(List *attList, AttrNumber *attNumP, static char *GetDefaultOpClass(Oid atttypid); /* - * DefineIndex -- + * DefineIndex * Creates a new index. * * 'attributeList' is a list of IndexElem specifying either a functional @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ DefineIndex(char *heapRelationName, /* - * ExtendIndex -- + * ExtendIndex * Extends a partial index. * * Exceptions: @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ GetDefaultOpClass(Oid atttypid) } /* - * RemoveIndex -- + * RemoveIndex * Deletes an index. * * Exceptions: diff --git a/src/backend/commands/define.c b/src/backend/commands/define.c index 9ec71d57dd5..11e17283a1e 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/define.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/define.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * define.c-- + * define.c * * These routines execute some of the CREATE statements. In an earlier * version of Postgres, these were "define" statements. @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.26 1998/09/01 03:22:00 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:15:06 momjian Exp $ * * DESCRIPTION * The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ interpret_AS_clause(const char *languageName, const char *as, /* - * CreateFunction -- + * CreateFunction * Execute a CREATE FUNCTION utility statement. * */ @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ CreateFunction(ProcedureStmt *stmt, CommandDest dest) /* -------------------------------- - * DefineOperator-- + * DefineOperator * * this function extracts all the information from the * parameter list generated by the parser and then has @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ DefineAggregate(char *aggName, List *parameters) } /* - * DefineType -- + * DefineType * Registers a new type. * */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/explain.c b/src/backend/commands/explain.c index 579626ec33b..75fa4d8b2be 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/explain.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/explain.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /* - * explain.c-- + * explain.c * Explain the query execution plan * * Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: explain.c,v 1.31 1999/02/09 17:02:43 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: explain.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:06 momjian Exp $ * */ #include <stdio.h> diff --git a/src/backend/commands/proclang.c b/src/backend/commands/proclang.c index d95c4efdff7..194333fbe97 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/proclang.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/proclang.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * proclang.c-- + * proclang.c * PostgreSQL PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE support code. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/src/backend/commands/recipe.c b/src/backend/commands/recipe.c index c046cdc9a67..c96b1b59959 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/recipe.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/recipe.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * recipe.c-- + * recipe.c * routines for handling execution of Tioga recipes * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/recipe.c,v 1.27 1999/02/02 03:44:20 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/recipe.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:15:07 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/remove.c b/src/backend/commands/remove.c index e11983ea8e9..5334bd347d2 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/remove.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/remove.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * remove.c-- + * remove.c * POSTGRES remove (function | type | operator ) utilty code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/remove.c,v 1.31 1998/12/15 12:45:57 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/remove.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:08 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #endif /* - * RemoveOperator -- + * RemoveOperator * Deletes an operator. * * Exceptions: @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ RemoveType(char *typeName) /* type name to be removed */ } /* - * RemoveFunction -- + * RemoveFunction * Deletes a function. * * Exceptions: diff --git a/src/backend/commands/rename.c b/src/backend/commands/rename.c index 41f2cccb50e..103350c796d 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/rename.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/rename.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rename.c-- + * rename.c * renameatt() and renamerel() reside here. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/rename.c,v 1.20 1999/02/02 03:44:20 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/rename.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:15:09 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/sequence.c b/src/backend/commands/sequence.c index e391936cbf8..d76eb07481d 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/sequence.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/sequence.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * sequence.c-- + * sequence.c * PostgreSQL sequences support code. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ static void init_params(CreateSeqStmt *seq, Form_pg_sequence new); static int get_param(DefElem *def); /* - * DefineSequence -- + * DefineSequence * Creates a new sequence relation */ void @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ init_sequence(char *caller, char *name) /* - * CloseSequences -- + * CloseSequences * is calling by xact mgr at commit/abort. */ void diff --git a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c index 6f458623225..f23180bfd35 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * trigger.c-- + * trigger.c * PostgreSQL TRIGGERs support code. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/src/backend/commands/user.c b/src/backend/commands/user.c index 7c4203528fa..46a4021017e 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/user.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/user.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * user.c-- + * user.c * use pg_exec_query to create a new user in the catalog * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: user.c,v 1.23 1998/12/15 12:46:00 vadim Exp $ + * $Id: user.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:15:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c index ac8e7a5deae..e1bdafebe5d 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * vacuum.c-- + * vacuum.c * the postgres vacuum cleaner * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.94 1999/02/03 21:16:04 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.95 1999/02/13 23:15:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/view.c b/src/backend/commands/view.c index 2c495c6b0c8..06de282f199 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/view.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/view.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * view.c-- + * view.c * use rewrite rules to construct views * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: view.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:16:06 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: view.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c b/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c index 8ea66c3a2c4..a25b2fa45dc 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execAmi.c-- + * execAmi.c * miscellanious executor access method routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: execAmi.c,v 1.31 1999/02/09 17:02:44 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: execAmi.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:14 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execFlatten.c b/src/backend/executor/execFlatten.c index 729232d9d42..60248229d2d 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execFlatten.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execFlatten.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execFlatten.c-- + * execFlatten.c * This file handles the nodes associated with flattening sets in the * target list of queries containing functions returning sets. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/Attic/execFlatten.c,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:28:14 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/Attic/execFlatten.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:15:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c b/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c index f2848eab22c..f2e7ad73cc5 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * junk.c-- + * junk.c * Junk attribute support stuff.... * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c,v 1.15 1999/02/03 21:16:10 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:15:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execMain.c b/src/backend/executor/execMain.c index e11869ce783..d31506ca0c1 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execMain.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execMain.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execMain.c-- + * execMain.c * top level executor interface routines * * INTERFACE ROUTINES @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.76 1999/02/08 14:14:09 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.77 1999/02/13 23:15:17 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c b/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c index 87c411475c9..b41e3ed9d45 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execProcnode.c-- + * execProcnode.c * contains dispatch functions which call the appropriate "initialize", * "get a tuple", and "cleanup" routines for the given node type. * If the node has children, then it will presumably call ExecInitNode, @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 03:22:17 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:15:17 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execQual.c b/src/backend/executor/execQual.c index 8b3e082135f..337c8ac4824 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execQual.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execQual.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execQual.c-- + * execQual.c * Routines to evaluate qualification and targetlist expressions * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.42 1999/02/03 21:16:10 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.43 1999/02/13 23:15:18 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execScan.c b/src/backend/executor/execScan.c index 30b1166e807..4196fb7a8a4 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execScan.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execScan.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execScan.c-- + * execScan.c * This code provides support for generalized relation scans. ExecScan * is passed a node and a pointer to a function to "do the right thing" * and return a tuple from the relation. ExecScan then does the tedious @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:28:20 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:15:18 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c b/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c index 319cea52e8d..bcabdef6be4 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execTuples.c-- + * execTuples.c * Routines dealing with the executor tuple tables. These are used to * ensure that the executor frees copies of tuples (made by * ExecTargetList) properly. @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.22 1999/02/03 21:16:11 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:15:19 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c b/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c index 885022eb3d4..3a29a9f2621 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * execUtils.c-- + * execUtils.c * miscellanious executor utility routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.42 1999/02/03 21:16:11 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.43 1999/02/13 23:15:20 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -450,12 +450,12 @@ ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(Plan *node, CommonScanState *csstate) * Routines dealing with the structure 'attribute' which conatains * the type information about attributes in a tuple: * - * ExecMakeTypeInfo(noType) -- + * ExecMakeTypeInfo(noType) * returns pointer to array of 'noType' structure 'attribute'. - * ExecSetTypeInfo(index, typeInfo, attNum, attLen) -- + * ExecSetTypeInfo(index, typeInfo, attNum, attLen) * sets the element indexed by 'index' in typeInfo with * the values: attNum, attLen. - * ExecFreeTypeInfo(typeInfo) -- + * ExecFreeTypeInfo(typeInfo) * frees the structure 'typeInfo'. * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/functions.c b/src/backend/executor/functions.c index 7108a1cab52..1cb57d5651e 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/functions.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/functions.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * functions.c-- + * functions.c * Routines to handle functions called from the executor * Putting this stuff in fmgr makes the postmaster a mess.... * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.23 1999/02/08 14:14:09 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:15:20 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c index 23fc1560d01..d379077af51 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeAgg.c-- + * nodeAgg.c * Routines to handle aggregate nodes. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c index de298359cdd..17b002091ea 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeAppend.c-- + * nodeAppend.c * routines to handle append nodes. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.16 1999/02/03 21:16:12 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:21 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ static bool exec_append_initialize_next(Append *node); /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- - * exec-append-initialize-next + * exec_append_initialize_next * * Sets up the append node state (i.e. the append state node) * for the "next" scan. diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c index 0f86f73a2b1..c850906d8ae 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeGroup.c-- + * nodeGroup.c * Routines to handle group nodes (used for queries with GROUP BY clause). * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * columns. (ie. tuples from the same group are consecutive) * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c,v 1.24 1999/01/24 05:40:47 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:15:21 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c index 657bb14b341..5578c721839 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeHash.c-- + * nodeHash.c * Routines to hash relations for hashjoin * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * - * $Id: nodeHash.c,v 1.30 1999/02/03 21:16:12 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: nodeHash.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:15:22 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c index 2350ff45410..a2710148fbf 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeHashjoin.c-- + * nodeHashjoin.c * Routines to handle hash join nodes * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.16 1999/02/03 21:16:13 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:23 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c index c731cb1717b..18ac218230e 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeIndexscan.c-- + * nodeIndexscan.c * Routines to support indexes and indexed scans of relations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:16:14 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:24 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c index c4171c7a1bc..326475102d2 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeMaterial.c-- + * nodeMaterial.c * Routines to handle materialization nodes. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.20 1999/02/09 17:02:44 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:15:24 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c index e851cc4edf1..6c49f9df690 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeMergejoin.c-- + * nodeMergejoin.c * routines supporting merge joins * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:16:14 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:15:24 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c index 39b89c7a79b..bd1fe24242c 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeNestloop.c-- + * nodeNestloop.c * routines to support nest-loop joins * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.10 1998/06/15 19:28:22 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:15:25 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c index 9bc6342b668..718a612573f 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeResult.c-- + * nodeResult.c * support for constant nodes needing special code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ * SeqScan (emp.all) * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.8 1998/02/26 04:31:31 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:15:26 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c index b09b94d82a5..70a6761a833 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeSeqscan.c-- + * nodeSeqscan.c * Support routines for sequential scans of relations. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.16 1999/01/29 09:22:58 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:26 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c index b264105f476..13a05948e70 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeSort.c-- + * nodeSort.c * Routines to handle sorting of relations. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c,v 1.17 1999/02/09 17:02:45 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:15:27 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c index 2da904a925a..9f872c60682 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeSubplan.c-- + * nodeSubplan.c * routines to support subselects * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeTee.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeTee.c index 8f4ca0a22fb..ed9a6eea2fe 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeTee.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeTee.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeTee.c-- + * nodeTee.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ * ExecInitTee * ExecEndTee * - * $Id: nodeTee.c,v 1.29 1999/02/02 03:44:24 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: nodeTee.c,v 1.30 1999/02/13 23:15:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c index 999362ab69d..84d32384579 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeUnique.c-- + * nodeUnique.c * Routines to handle unique'ing of queries where appropriate * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.19 1999/01/24 05:40:48 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:15:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/executor/spi.c b/src/backend/executor/spi.c index 397f68a4055..03b9edf3323 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/spi.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/spi.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * spi.c-- + * spi.c * Server Programming Interface * - * $Id: spi.c,v 1.33 1999/02/08 14:14:10 wieck Exp $ + * $Id: spi.c,v 1.34 1999/02/13 23:15:30 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ SPI_pfree(void *pointer) /* =================== private functions =================== */ /* - * spi_printtup -- + * spi_printtup * store tuple retrieved by Executor into SPITupleTable * of current SPI procedure * @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ _SPI_procmem() } /* - * _SPI_begin_call -- + * _SPI_begin_call * */ static int diff --git a/src/backend/lib/bit.c b/src/backend/lib/bit.c index 439566c0b75..92fdf3340fa 100644 --- a/src/backend/lib/bit.c +++ b/src/backend/lib/bit.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * bit.c-- + * bit.c * Standard bit array code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/bit.c,v 1.5 1997/09/07 04:41:54 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/bit.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:15:32 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/lib/dllist.c b/src/backend/lib/dllist.c index c8b50c466aa..9aeb82f266c 100644 --- a/src/backend/lib/dllist.c +++ b/src/backend/lib/dllist.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dllist.c-- + * dllist.c * this is a simple doubly linked list implementation * replaces the old simplelists stuff * the elements of the lists are void* @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/dllist.c,v 1.11 1998/09/01 03:22:35 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/dllist.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:15:34 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/lib/fstack.c b/src/backend/lib/fstack.c index 0970daa3422..7b05dbd8fd8 100644 --- a/src/backend/lib/fstack.c +++ b/src/backend/lib/fstack.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * fstack.c-- + * fstack.c * Fixed format stack definitions. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/fstack.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:22:37 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/fstack.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:15:34 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -20,20 +20,20 @@ */ /* - * FixedItemIsValid -- + * FixedItemIsValid * True iff item is valid. */ #define FixedItemIsValid(item) PointerIsValid(item) /* - * FixedStackGetItemBase -- + * FixedStackGetItemBase * Returns base of enclosing structure. */ #define FixedStackGetItemBase(stack, item) \ ((Pointer)((char *)(item) - (stack)->offset)) /* - * FixedStackGetItem -- + * FixedStackGetItem * Returns item of given pointer to enclosing structure. */ #define FixedStackGetItem(stack, pointer) \ @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ FixedStackPush(FixedStack stack, Pointer pointer) #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING /* - * FixedStackContains -- + * FixedStackContains * True iff ordered stack contains given element. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/lib/hasht.c b/src/backend/lib/hasht.c index 0dd84b4b535..fc904fa3e97 100644 --- a/src/backend/lib/hasht.c +++ b/src/backend/lib/hasht.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hasht.c-- + * hasht.c * hash table related functions that are not directly supported * by the hashing packages under utils/hash. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/hasht.c,v 1.7 1997/09/08 21:43:29 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/hasht.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:15:35 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/lib/lispsort.c b/src/backend/lib/lispsort.c index f815c30b44d..b2b62795bc9 100644 --- a/src/backend/lib/lispsort.c +++ b/src/backend/lib/lispsort.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * lispsort.c-- + * lispsort.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/lispsort.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:22:38 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/lispsort.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:15:35 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c b/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c index ed891c5f841..2d129d12b2e 100644 --- a/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c +++ b/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /* - * stringinfo.c-- + * stringinfo.c * These are routines that can be used to write informations to a string, * without having to worry about string lengths, space allocation etc. * Ideally the interface should look like the file i/o interface, * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.13 1998/12/14 08:11:04 scrappy Exp $ + * $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:15:36 momjian Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/auth.c b/src/backend/libpq/auth.c index 12eb33e424f..6adf2ee8b0b 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/auth.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/auth.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * auth.c-- + * auth.c * Routines to handle network authentication * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.32 1998/12/14 05:18:56 scrappy Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:15:38 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c index 4247b1c674c..3dcfc765b37 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * be-dumpdata.c-- + * be-dumpdata.c * support for collection of returned tuples from an internal * PQ call into a backend buffer. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: be-dumpdata.c,v 1.21 1999/01/27 00:36:12 tgl Exp $ + * $Id: be-dumpdata.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:15:39 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c index 0e6bd7f5228..66320cd54d2 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * be-fsstubs.c-- + * be-fsstubs.c * support for filesystem operations on large objects * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.27 1999/01/17 06:18:24 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:15:41 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This should be moved to a more appropriate place. It is here diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-pqexec.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-pqexec.c index 1fb6ca7644e..4b035311c39 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/be-pqexec.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-pqexec.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * be-pqexec.c-- + * be-pqexec.c * support for executing POSTGRES commands and functions from a * user-defined function in a backend. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/be-pqexec.c,v 1.19 1998/09/01 03:22:45 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/be-pqexec.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:15:41 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c b/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c index fb87280299f..d3326eb2e65 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * crypt.c-- + * crypt.c * Look into pg_shadow and check the encrypted password with * the one passed in from the frontend. * @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * Dec 17, 1997 - Todd A. Brandys * Orignal Version Completed. * - * $Id: crypt.c,v 1.14 1999/01/17 06:18:25 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: crypt.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:15:42 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c index c5be35f82bf..984b6da96d6 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hba.c-- + * hba.c * Routines to handle host based authentication (that's the scheme * wherein you authenticate a user by seeing what IP address the system * says he comes from and possibly using ident). * - * $Id: hba.c,v 1.38 1999/01/17 06:18:25 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: hba.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:15:43 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/portal.c b/src/backend/libpq/portal.c index 0dd744bbd18..a297387c686 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/portal.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/portal.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * portal.c-- + * portal.c * generalized portal support routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: portal.c,v 1.19 1998/12/14 08:11:06 scrappy Exp $ + * $Id: portal.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:15:45 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c b/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c index 2a6ee54a75d..002dbf5483d 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * portalbuf.c-- + * portalbuf.c * portal buffer support routines for src/libpq/portal.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/portalbuf.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:16 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/portalbuf.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:15:46 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ size_t portals_array_size = 0; /* GlobalMemory portals_mmcxt = (GlobalMemory) NULL; */ /* ------------------------------- - * portals_realloc -- + * portals_realloc * grow the size of the portals array by size * * also ensures that elements are initially NULL diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c b/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c index 2fef28b66c6..b9c2b4db3ab 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pqcomm.c-- + * pqcomm.c * Communication functions between the Frontend and the Backend * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: pqcomm.c,v 1.65 1999/01/24 02:47:15 tgl Exp $ + * $Id: pqcomm.c,v 1.66 1999/02/13 23:15:46 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pqpacket.c b/src/backend/libpq/pqpacket.c index 952f652b76c..159ebd9f4b0 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/pqpacket.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/pqpacket.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pqpacket.c-- + * pqpacket.c * routines for reading and writing data packets sent/received by * POSTGRES clients and servers * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/pqpacket.c,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:28:53 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/pqpacket.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:15:47 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c b/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c index d06909f8286..cdc8ccac9db 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pqsignal.c-- + * pqsignal.c * reliable BSD-style signal(2) routine stolen from RWW who stole it * from Stevens... * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:28:55 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:15:48 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This shouldn't be in libpq, but the monitor and some other diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/util.c b/src/backend/libpq/util.c index 94ff9169e48..ce35c2571c9 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/util.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/util.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * util.c-- + * util.c * general routines for libpq backend * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: util.c,v 1.7 1998/12/14 08:11:07 scrappy Exp $ + * $Id: util.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:15:49 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/main/main.c b/src/backend/main/main.c index 7f123d9dfd8..dc16dd73bec 100644 --- a/src/backend/main/main.c +++ b/src/backend/main/main.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * main.c-- + * main.c * Stub main() routine for the postgres backend. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.22 1998/09/01 04:28:57 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:15:51 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c index 621eaad9657..41b689126fe 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * copyfuncs.c-- + * copyfuncs.c * Copy functions for Postgres tree nodes. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.69 1999/02/12 06:43:21 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.70 1999/02/13 23:15:53 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "optimizer/planmain.h" /* - * listCopy-- + * listCopy * this copy function only copies the "lcons-cells" of the list but not * its contents. (good for list of pointers as well as list of integers). */ @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ listCopy(List *list) } /* - * Node_Copy-- + * Node_Copy * a macro to simplify calling of copyObject on the specified field */ #define Node_Copy(from, newnode, field) \ @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ _copyMergeOrder(MergeOrder *from) * ---------------- */ static RestrictInfo * -_copyRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * from) +_copyRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *from) { RestrictInfo *newnode = makeNode(RestrictInfo); diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c index 92d194eadf1..98cf643454f 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * equalfuncs.c-- + * equalfuncs.c * equal functions to compare the nodes * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.31 1999/02/12 06:43:22 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:55 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ _equalFunc(Func *a, Func *b) * RestrictInfo is a subclass of Node. */ static bool -_equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * a, RestrictInfo * b) +_equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *a, RestrictInfo *b) { Assert(IsA(a, RestrictInfo)); Assert(IsA(b, RestrictInfo)); @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ _equalValue(Value *a, Value *b) } /* - * equal-- + * equal * returns whether two nodes are equal */ bool @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ equal(void *a, void *b) } /* - * equali-- + * equali * compares two lists of integers * * XXX temp hack. needs something like T_IntList diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c index 95d55bb9c16..fb96af2a831 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * freefuncs.c-- + * freefuncs.c * Free functions for Postgres tree nodes. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/Attic/freefuncs.c,v 1.9 1999/02/12 06:43:23 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/Attic/freefuncs.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:15:56 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ _freeMergeOrder(MergeOrder *node) * ---------------- */ static void -_freeRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * node) +_freeRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *node) { /* ---------------- * free remainder of node diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/list.c b/src/backend/nodes/list.c index aabdd88c1b1..83de976c970 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/list.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/list.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * list.c-- + * list.c * various list handling routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.16 1999/02/09 03:51:13 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:57 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * XXX a few of the following functions are duplicated to handle diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c index 6543ff6cb3d..efad14195a9 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * makefuncs.c-- + * makefuncs.c * creator functions for primitive nodes. The functions here are for * the most frequently created nodes. * @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c,v 1.12 1998/07/20 20:01:47 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:15:58 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Creator functions in POSTGRES 4.2 are generated automatically. Most of diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c index ba6430471c2..04c0f0f77b5 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodeFuncs.c-- + * nodeFuncs.c * All node routines more complicated than simple access/modification * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c,v 1.8 1998/09/01 03:22:57 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:15:59 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c b/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c index 5926da81830..392e3444ed0 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * nodes.c-- + * nodes.c * support code for nodes (now that we get rid of the home-brew * inheritance system, our support code for nodes get much simpler) * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:22:58 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:15:59 momjian Exp $ * * HISTORY * Andrew Yu Oct 20, 1994 file creation diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c index 301434b6eca..dda46b1f054 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /* * - * outfuncs.c-- + * outfuncs.c * routines to convert a node to ascii representation * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: outfuncs.c,v 1.71 1999/02/12 06:43:24 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: outfuncs.c,v 1.72 1999/02/13 23:15:59 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Every (plan) node in POSTGRES has an associated "out" routine which @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ _outMergeOrder(StringInfo str, MergeOrder *node) * RestrictInfo is a subclass of Node. */ static void -_outRestrictInfo(StringInfo str, RestrictInfo * node) +_outRestrictInfo(StringInfo str, RestrictInfo *node) { appendStringInfo(str, " RESTRICTINFO :clause "); _outNode(str, node->clause); diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/print.c b/src/backend/nodes/print.c index f5e9eb41138..f26d5100e34 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/print.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/print.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * print.c-- + * print.c * various print routines (used mostly for debugging) * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/print.c,v 1.21 1999/02/10 03:52:36 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/print.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:16:00 momjian Exp $ * * HISTORY * AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ static char *plannode_type(Plan *p); /* - * print-- + * print * print contents of Node to stdout */ void @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ pprint(void *obj) } /* - * print_rt-- + * print_rt * print contents of range table */ void @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ print_rt(List *rtable) /* - * print_expr-- + * print_expr * print an expression */ void @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ print_pathkeys(List *pathkeys, List *rtable) } /* - * print_tl -- + * print_tl * print targetlist in a more legible way. */ void @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ print_tl(List *tlist, List *rtable) } /* - * print_slot-- + * print_slot * print out the tuple with the given TupleTableSlot */ void diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/read.c b/src/backend/nodes/read.c index 1a7004fc08a..e4aa2be9b60 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/read.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/read.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * read.c-- + * read.c * routines to convert a string (legal ascii representation of node) back * to nodes * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/read.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 03:23:01 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/read.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:16:01 momjian Exp $ * * HISTORY * AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c index 3b895c902a7..d8db9ed34bd 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * readfuncs.c-- + * readfuncs.c * Reader functions for Postgres tree nodes. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.56 1999/02/12 06:43:24 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.57 1999/02/13 23:16:02 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Most of the read functions for plan nodes are tested. (In fact, they diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_copy.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_copy.c index 5453b012a44..8c9240b717a 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_copy.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_copy.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * - * geqo_copy.c-- + * geqo_copy.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: geqo_copy.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:13 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: geqo_copy.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:04 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ #include "optimizer/geqo_gene.h" #include "optimizer/geqo_copy.h" -/* geqo_copy-- +/* geqo_copy * * copies one gene to another * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_cx.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_cx.c index 976a6dd2704..92fca945e89 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_cx.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_cx.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_cx.c-- +* geqo_cx.c * * cycle crossover [CX] routines; * CX operator according to Oliver et al * (Proc 2nd Int'l Conf on GA's) * -* $Id: geqo_cx.c,v 1.5 1998/09/01 03:23:04 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_cx.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:16:05 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ #include "optimizer/geqo_random.h" -/* cx-- +/* cx * * cycle crossover */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_erx.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_erx.c index adbaa02855b..f667b7208bf 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_erx.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_erx.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_erx.c-- +* geqo_erx.c * edge recombination crossover [ER] * -* $Id: geqo_erx.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 03:23:06 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_erx.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:16:06 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ static Gene gimme_gene(Edge edge, Edge *edge_table); static Gene edge_failure(Gene *gene, int index, Edge *edge_table, int num_gene); -/* alloc_edge_table-- +/* alloc_edge_table * * allocate memory for edge table * @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ alloc_edge_table(int num_gene) return edge_table; } -/* free_edge_table-- +/* free_edge_table * * deallocate memory of edge table * @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ free_edge_table(Edge *edge_table) pfree(edge_table); } -/* gimme_edge_table-- +/* gimme_edge_table * * fills a data structure which represents the set of explicit * edges between points in the (2) input genes @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ gimme_edge_table(Gene *tour1, Gene *tour2, int num_gene, Edge *edge_table) return ((float) (edge_total * 2) / (float) num_gene); } -/* gimme_edge-- +/* gimme_edge * * registers edge from city1 to city2 in input edge table * @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ gimme_edge(Gene gene1, Gene gene2, Edge *edge_table) return 1; } -/* gimme_tour-- +/* gimme_tour * * creates a new tour using edges from the edge table. * priority is given to "shared" edges (i.e. edges which @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ gimme_tour(Edge *edge_table, Gene *new_gene, int num_gene) } -/* remove_gene-- +/* remove_gene * * removes input gene from edge_table. * input edge is used @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ remove_gene(Gene gene, Edge edge, Edge *edge_table) } } -/* gimme_gene-- +/* gimme_gene * * priority is given to "shared" edges * (i.e. edges which both genes possess) @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ gimme_gene(Edge edge, Edge *edge_table) return 0; /* to keep the compiler quiet */ } -/* edge_failure-- +/* edge_failure * * routine for handling edge failure * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c index 574cdb9c234..925dbe93faf 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * - * geqo_eval.c-- + * geqo_eval.c * Routines to evaluate query trees * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: geqo_eval.c,v 1.28 1999/02/12 05:56:47 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: geqo_eval.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:16:07 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ static void geqo_joinrel_size(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOpt static RelOptInfo *geqo_nth(int stop, List *rels); /* - * geqo_eval-- + * geqo_eval * * Returns cost of a query tree as an individual of the population. */ @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ geqo_eval(Query *root, Gene *tour, int num_gene) } /* - * gimme-tree -- + * gimme_tree * this program presumes that only LEFT-SIDED TREES are considered! * * 'outer_rel' is the preceeding join @@ -179,10 +179,10 @@ gimme_tree(Query *root, Gene *tour, int rel_count, int num_gene, RelOptInfo *out } /* - * gimme-clause-joins-- + * gimme_clause_joins * - * 'outer-rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation - * 'inner-rel' is the relation entry for the inner relation + * 'outer_rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation + * 'inner_rel' is the relation entry for the inner relation * * Returns a list of new join relations. */ @@ -231,9 +231,9 @@ gimme_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel) } /* - * gimme-clauseless-join-- - * Given an outer relation 'outer-rel' and an inner relation - * 'inner-rel', create a join relation between 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel' + * gimme_clauseless_join + * Given an outer relation 'outer_rel' and an inner relation + * 'inner_rel', create a join relation between 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel' * * Returns a new join relation. */ @@ -245,13 +245,13 @@ gimme_clauseless_join(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel) } /* - * init-join-rel-- + * init_join_rel * Creates and initializes a new join relation. * - * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be + * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be * joined * 'joininfo' is the joininfo node(join clause) containing both - * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel', if any exists + * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel', if any exists * * Returns the new join relation node. */ @@ -315,17 +315,17 @@ init_join_rel(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo * joininfo) } /* - * new-join-tlist-- + * new_join_tlist * Builds a join relations's target list by keeping those elements that * will be in the final target list and any other elements that are still * needed for future joins. For a target list entry to still be needed * for future joins, its 'joinlist' field must not be empty after removal - * of all relids in 'other-relids'. + * of all relids in 'other_relids'. * * 'tlist' is the target list of one of the join relations - * 'other-relids' is a list of relids contained within the other + * 'other_relids' is a list of relids contained within the other * join relation - * 'first-resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created + * 'first_resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created * target list entry * * Returns the new target list. @@ -362,19 +362,19 @@ new_join_tlist(List *tlist, } /* - * new-joininfo-list-- + * new_joininfo_list * Builds a join relation's joininfo list by checking for join clauses * which still need to used in future joins involving this relation. A * join clause is still needed if there are still relations in the clause * not contained in the list of relations comprising this join relation. * New joininfo nodes are only created and added to - * 'current-joininfo-list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already + * 'current_joininfo_list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already * been created. * - * 'current-joininfo-list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that + * 'current_joininfo_list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that * have already been built - * 'joininfo-list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation - * 'join-relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations + * 'joininfo_list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation + * 'join_relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations * currently being joined * * Returns a list of joininfo nodes, new and old. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ new_joininfo_list(List *joininfo_list, List *join_relids) #ifdef NOTUSED /* - * add-new-joininfos-- + * add_new_joininfos * For each new join relation, create new joininfos that * use the join relation as inner relation, and add * the new joininfos to those rel nodes that still @@ -578,11 +578,11 @@ geqo_add_new_joininfos(Query *root, List *joinrels, List *outerrels) } /* - * final-join-rels-- + * final_join_rels * Find the join relation that includes all the original * relations, i.e. the final join result. * - * 'join-rel-list' is a list of join relations. + * 'join_rel_list' is a list of join relations. * * Returns the list of final join relations. */ @@ -624,11 +624,11 @@ geqo_final_join_rels(List *join_rel_list) } /* - * add_superrels-- + * add_superrels * add rel to the temporary property list superrels. * * 'rel' a rel node - * 'super-rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel + * 'super_rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel * * Modifies the superrels field of rel */ @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ add_superrels(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *super_rel) } /* - * nonoverlap-rels-- + * nonoverlap_rels * test if two join relations overlap, i.e., includes the same * relation. * @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ nonoverlap_sets(List *s1, List *s2) #endif /* NOTUSED */ /* - * geqo_joinrel_size-- + * geqo_joinrel_size * compute estimate for join relation tuples, even for * long join queries; so get logarithm of size when MAXINT overflow; */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c index 275ed26bff5..1e7b1449e7a 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * - * geqo_main.c-- + * geqo_main.c * solution of the query optimization problem * by means of a Genetic Algorithm (GA) * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: geqo_main.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:22 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: geqo_main.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:08 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ /* - * geqo-- + * geqo * solution of the query optimization problem * similar to a constrained Traveling Salesman Problem (TSP) */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c index 14e26d7555c..adb4255c89c 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * - * geqo_misc.c-- + * geqo_misc.c * misc. printout and debug stuff * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: geqo_misc.c,v 1.16 1999/02/12 17:24:47 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: geqo_misc.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:16:09 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static float avg_pool(Pool *pool); -/* avg_pool-- +/* avg_pool * */ static float @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ avg_pool(Pool *pool) return (float) cumulative / pool->size; } -/* print_pool-- +/* print_pool */ void print_pool(FILE *fp, Pool *pool, int start, int stop) @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ print_pool(FILE *fp, Pool *pool, int start, int stop) } } -/* print_gen-- +/* print_gen * * printout for chromosome: best, worst, mean, average * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_mutation.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_mutation.c index c56075d50c4..a68b416bd43 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_mutation.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_mutation.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_mutation.c-- +* geqo_mutation.c * * TSP mutation routines * -* $Id: geqo_mutation.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:27 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_mutation.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:09 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox1.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox1.c index 40b2f536887..12b9b0d9b36 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox1.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox1.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_ox1.c-- +* geqo_ox1.c * * order crossover [OX] routines; * OX1 operator according to Davis * (Proc Int'l Joint Conf on AI) * -* $Id: geqo_ox1.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:28 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_ox1.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:10 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #include "optimizer/geqo_random.h" -/* ox1-- +/* ox1 * * position crossover */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox2.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox2.c index 69693a1d459..c98e5f8c232 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox2.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_ox2.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_ox2.c-- +* geqo_ox2.c * * order crossover [OX] routines; * OX2 operator according to Syswerda * (The Genetic Algorithms Handbook, ed L Davis) * -* $Id: geqo_ox2.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:29 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_ox2.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:10 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #include "optimizer/geqo_random.h" -/* ox2-- +/* ox2 * * position crossover */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_params.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_params.c index f6f608169bd..56fa631282b 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_params.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_params.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_params.c-- +* geqo_params.c * routines for determining necessary genetic optimization parameters * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * -* $Id: geqo_params.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:23 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_params.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:10 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static int gimme_number_generations(int pool_size, int effort); static int next_token(FILE *, char *, int); /* - * geqo_param-- + * geqo_param * get ga parameters out of "$PGDATA/pg_geqo" file. */ void @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ next_token(FILE *fp, char *buf, int bufsz) return c == '\n' ? '\n' : 0; } -/* gimme_pool_size-- +/* gimme_pool_size * compute good estimation for pool size * according to number of involved rels in a query */ @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ gimme_pool_size(int string_length) return (int) ceil(size); } -/* gimme_number_generations-- +/* gimme_number_generations * compute good estimation for number of generations size * for convergence */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_paths.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_paths.c index af8e683b32e..a39aa217286 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_paths.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_paths.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * geqo_paths.c-- + * geqo_paths.c * Routines to process redundant paths and relations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: geqo_paths.c,v 1.19 1999/02/12 17:24:47 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: geqo_paths.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ static List *geqo_prune_rel(RelOptInfo *rel, List *other_rels); /* - * geqo-prune-rels-- + * geqo_prune_rels * Removes any redundant relation entries from a list of rel nodes - * 'rel-list'. + * 'rel_list'. * * Returns the resulting list. * @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ geqo_prune_rels(List *rel_list) } /* - * geqo-prune-rel-- - * Prunes those relations from 'other-rels' that are redundant with + * geqo_prune_rel + * Prunes those relations from 'other_rels' that are redundant with * 'rel'. A relation is redundant if it is built up of the same * relations as 'rel'. Paths for the redundant relation are merged into * the pathlist of 'rel'. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ geqo_prune_rel(RelOptInfo *rel, List *other_rels) } /* - * geqo-set-cheapest-- + * geqo_set_cheapest * For a relation 'rel' (which corresponds to a join * relation), set pointers to the cheapest path */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pmx.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pmx.c index 428fa28a4db..d8e32f49ce7 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pmx.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pmx.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_pmx.c-- +* geqo_pmx.c * * partially matched crossover [PMX] routines; * PMX operator according to Goldberg & Lingle * (Proc Int'l Conf on GA's) * -* $Id: geqo_pmx.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:33 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_pmx.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #include "optimizer/geqo_random.h" -/* pmx-- +/* pmx * * partially matched crossover */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c index 9f1a24f4be3..f8530ef4ef0 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * - * geqo_pool.c-- + * geqo_pool.c * Genetic Algorithm (GA) pool stuff * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: geqo_pool.c,v 1.10 1999/02/03 21:16:23 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: geqo_pool.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:16:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ static int compare(const void *arg1, const void *arg2); /* - * alloc-pool-- + * alloc_pool * allocates memory for GA pool */ Pool * @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ alloc_pool(int pool_size, int string_length) } /* - * free-pool-- + * free_pool * deallocates memory for GA pool */ void @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ free_pool(Pool *pool) } /* - * random-init-pool-- + * random_init_pool * initialize genetic pool */ void @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ random_init_pool(Query *root, Pool *pool, int strt, int stp) } /* - * sort-pool-- + * sort_pool * sorts input pool according to worth, from smallest to largest * * maybe you have to change compare() for different ordering ... @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ sort_pool(Pool *pool) } /* - * compare-- + * compare * static input function for pg_sort * * return values for sort from smallest to largest are prooved! @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ compare(const void *arg1, const void *arg2) return -1; } -/* alloc_chromo-- +/* alloc_chromo * allocates a chromosome and string space */ Chromosome * @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ alloc_chromo(int string_length) return chromo; } -/* free_chromo-- +/* free_chromo * deallocates a chromosome and string space */ void @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ free_chromo(Chromosome *chromo) pfree(chromo); } -/* spread_chromo-- +/* spread_chromo * inserts a new chromosome into the pool, displacing worst gene in pool * assumes best->worst = smallest->largest */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_px.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_px.c index 7731710a0db..beaa2cfb576 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_px.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_px.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_px.c-- +* geqo_px.c * * position crossover [PX] routines; * PX operator according to Syswerda * (The Genetic Algorithms Handbook, L Davis, ed) * -* $Id: geqo_px.c,v 1.5 1998/06/15 19:28:37 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_px.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:16:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #include "optimizer/geqo_random.h" -/* px-- +/* px * * position crossover */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_recombination.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_recombination.c index a2c52ff3473..1ee5029d551 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_recombination.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_recombination.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* geqo_recombination.c-- +* geqo_recombination.c * misc recombination procedures * -* $Id: geqo_recombination.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:23:15 momjian Exp $ +* $Id: geqo_recombination.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:16:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ /* - * init_tour-- + * init_tour * * Randomly generates a legal "traveling salesman" tour * (i.e. where each point is visited only once.) @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ init_tour(Gene *tour, int num_gene) pfree(tmp); } -/* alloc_city_table-- +/* alloc_city_table * * allocate memory for city table * @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ alloc_city_table(int num_gene) return city_table; } -/* free_city_table-- +/* free_city_table * * deallocate memory of city table * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_selection.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_selection.c index 37d620ea201..b42e4450f28 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_selection.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_selection.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * geqo_selection.c-- + * geqo_selection.c * linear selection scheme for the genetic query optimizer * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: geqo_selection.c,v 1.6 1999/02/03 21:16:23 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: geqo_selection.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:16:13 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static int linear(int max, double bias); -/* geqo_selection-- +/* geqo_selection * * according to bias described by input parameters, * second genes are selected from the pool @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ geqo_selection(Chromosome *momma, Chromosome *daddy, Pool *pool, double bias) geqo_copy(daddy, &pool->data[second], pool->string_length); } -/* linear-- +/* linear * generates random integer between 0 and input max number * using input linear bias * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c index 5f1ac0cb055..daf8a459e3a 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * -* minspantree.c-- +* minspantree.c * routine to sort a join graph which is including cycles * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION -* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/Attic/minspantree.c,v 1.9 1999/02/10 21:02:35 momjian Exp $ +* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/Attic/minspantree.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:16:13 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "optimizer/geqo/geqo.h" /* - * minspantree-- + * minspantree * The function minspantree computes the minimum spanning tree * for a given number of nodes and a given distance function. * For each pair of nodes found to be connected, a given diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c index 17ebbec5471..892ed5b3412 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * allpaths.c-- + * allpaths.c * Routines to find possible search paths for processing a query * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.30 1999/02/12 17:24:48 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:16:14 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ static void debug_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel); #endif /* - * find-paths-- + * find_paths * Finds all possible access paths for executing a query, returning the * top level list of relation entries. * @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ find_paths(Query *root, List *rels) } /* - * find-rel-paths-- + * find_rel_paths * Finds all paths available for scanning each relation entry in * 'rels'. Sequential scan and any available indices are considered * if possible(indices are not considered for lower nesting levels). @@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ static void find_rel_paths(Query *root, List *rels) { List *temp; - List *lastpath; foreach(temp, rels) { @@ -132,13 +131,6 @@ find_rel_paths(Query *root, List *rels) append(rel_index_scan_list, or_index_scan_list)); - /* - * The unordered path is always the last in the list. If it is not - * the cheapest path, prune it. - */ - lastpath = rel->pathlist; - while (lnext(lastpath) != NIL) - lastpath = lnext(lastpath); set_cheapest(rel, rel->pathlist); /* @@ -153,7 +145,7 @@ find_rel_paths(Query *root, List *rels) } /* - * find-join-paths-- + * find_join_paths * Find all possible joinpaths for a query by successively finding ways * to join single relations into join relations. * @@ -161,10 +153,10 @@ find_rel_paths(Query *root, List *rels) * Find all possible joinpaths(bushy trees) for a query by systematically * finding ways to join relations(both original and derived) together. * - * 'outer-rels' is the current list of relations for which join paths + * 'outer_rels' is the current list of relations for which join paths * are to be found, i.e., he current list of relations that * have already been derived. - * 'levels-needed' is the number of iterations needed + * 'levels_needed' is the number of iterations needed * * Returns the final level of join relations, i.e., the relation that is * the result of joining all the original relations together. @@ -204,7 +196,7 @@ find_join_paths(Query *root, List *outer_rels, int levels_needed) /* * Determine all possible pairs of relations to be joined at this * level. Determine paths for joining these relation pairs and - * modify 'new-rels' accordingly, then eliminate redundant join + * modify 'new_rels' accordingly, then eliminate redundant join * relations. */ new_rels = find_join_rels(root, outer_rels); diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c index f09e0f21e1c..e4afad6545e 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * clausesel.c-- + * clausesel.c * Routines to compute and set clause selectivities * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c,v 1.16 1999/02/03 21:16:24 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:16:15 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c index 8328ce8b2d1..facadef913b 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * costsize.c-- + * costsize.c * Routines to compute (and set) relation sizes and path costs * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.31 1999/02/12 17:24:49 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:16:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Cost _cpu_page_wight_ = _CPU_PAGE_WEIGHT_; Cost _cpu_index_page_wight_ = _CPU_INDEX_PAGE_WEIGHT_; /* - * cost_seqscan-- + * cost_seqscan * Determines and returns the cost of scanning a relation sequentially. * If the relation is a temporary to be materialized from a query * embedded within a data field (determined by 'relid' containing an @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ cost_seqscan(int relid, int relpages, int reltuples) /* - * cost_index-- + * cost_index * Determines and returns the cost of scanning a relation using an index. * * disk = expected-index-pages + expected-data-pages @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ cost_index(Oid indexid, } /* - * cost_sort-- + * cost_sort * Determines and returns the cost of sorting a relation by considering * 1. the cost of doing an external sort: XXX this is probably too low * disk = (p lg p) @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ cost_sort(List *pathkeys, int tuples, int width, bool noread) /* - * cost_result-- + * cost_result * Determines and returns the cost of writing a relation of 'tuples' * tuples of 'width' bytes out to a result relation. * @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ cost_result(int tuples, int width) #endif /* - * cost_nestloop-- + * cost_nestloop * Determines and returns the cost of joining two relations using the * nested loop algorithm. * @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ cost_nestloop(Cost outercost, } /* - * cost_mergejoin-- + * cost_mergejoin * 'outercost' and 'innercost' are the (disk+cpu) costs of scanning the * outer and inner relations * 'outersortkeys' and 'innersortkeys' are lists of the keys to be used @@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ cost_hashjoin(Cost outercost, } /* - * compute-rel-size-- - * Computes the size of each relation in 'rel-list' (after applying + * compute_rel_size + * Computes the size of each relation in 'rel_list' (after applying * restrictions), by multiplying the selectivity of each restriction * by the original size of the relation. * @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ compute_rel_size(RelOptInfo *rel) } /* - * compute-rel-width-- + * compute_rel_width * Computes the width in bytes of a tuple from 'rel'. * * Returns the width of the tuple as a fixnum. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ compute_rel_width(RelOptInfo *rel) } /* - * compute-targetlist-width-- + * compute_targetlist_width * Computes the width in bytes of a tuple made from 'targetlist'. * * Returns the width of the tuple as a fixnum. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ compute_targetlist_width(List *targetlist) } /* - * compute-attribute-width-- + * compute_attribute_width * Given a target list entry, find the size in bytes of the attribute. * * If a field is variable-length, it is assumed to be at least the size @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ compute_attribute_width(TargetEntry *tlistentry) } /* - * compute-joinrel-size-- + * compute_joinrel_size * Computes the size of the join relation 'joinrel'. * * Returns a fixnum. @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ compute_joinrel_size(JoinPath *joinpath) } /* - * page-size-- + * page_size * Returns an estimate of the number of pages covered by a given * number of tuples of a given width (size in bytes). */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c index 4354f881a67..53201e0621d 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashutils.c-- + * hashutils.c * Utilities for finding applicable merge clauses and pathkeys * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/hashutils.c,v 1.12 1999/02/10 03:52:39 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/hashutils.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ static HashInfo *match_hashop_hashinfo(Oid hashop, List *hashinfo_list); /* - * group-clauses-by-hashop-- - * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo-list' is hashjoinable, store + * group_clauses_by_hashop + * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo_list' is hashjoinable, store * it within a hashinfo node containing other clause nodes with the same * hash operator. * - * 'restrictinfo-list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes - * 'inner-relid' is the relid of the inner join relation + * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes + * 'inner_relid' is the relid of the inner join relation * * Returns the new list of hashinfo nodes. * @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ group_clauses_by_hashop(List *restrictinfo_list, hashjoinop = restrictinfo->hashjoinoperator; /* - * Create a new hashinfo node and add it to 'hashinfo-list' if one + * Create a new hashinfo node and add it to 'hashinfo_list' if one * does not yet exist for this hash operator. */ if (hashjoinop) @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ group_clauses_by_hashop(List *restrictinfo_list, /* - * match-hashop-hashinfo-- - * Searches the list 'hashinfo-list' for a hashinfo node whose hash op + * match_hashop_hashinfo + * Searches the list 'hashinfo_list' for a hashinfo node whose hash op * field equals 'hashop'. * * Returns the node if it exists. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c index 1e030537d59..8b54b664024 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * indxpath.c-- + * indxpath.c * Routines to determine which indices are usable for scanning a * given relation * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.43 1999/02/11 14:58:50 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.44 1999/02/13 23:16:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static List *group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index, static List *group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index, int *indexkeys, Oid *classes, List *join_cinfo_list, List *restr_cinfo_list); static RestrictInfo *match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index, int indexkey, - int xclass, RestrictInfo * restrictInfo, bool join); + int xclass, RestrictInfo *restrictInfo, bool join); static bool pred_test(List *predicate_list, List *restrictinfo_list, List *joininfo_list); static bool one_pred_test(Expr *predicate, List *restrictinfo_list); @@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ static bool function_index_operand(Expr *funcOpnd, RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo * * * 'rel' is the relation entry to which these index paths correspond * 'indices' is a list of possible index paths - * 'restrictinfo-list' is a list of restriction restrictinfo nodes for 'rel' - * 'joininfo-list' is a list of joininfo nodes for 'rel' + * 'restrictinfo_list' is a list of restriction restrictinfo nodes for 'rel' + * 'joininfo_list' is a list of joininfo nodes for 'rel' * 'sortkeys' is a node describing the result sort order (from * (find_sortkeys)) * @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ find_index_paths(Query *root, /* - * match-index-orclauses-- + * match_index_orclauses * Attempt to match an index against subclauses within 'or' clauses. * If the index does match, then the clause is marked with information * about the index. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ find_index_paths(Query *root, * 'index' is the index node. * 'indexkey' is the (single) key of the index * 'class' is the class of the operator corresponding to 'indexkey'. - * 'restrictinfo-list' is the list of available restriction clauses. + * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of available restriction clauses. * * Returns nothing. * @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ match_index_to_operand(int indexkey, } /* - * match-index-orclause-- + * match_index_orclause * Attempts to match an index against the subclauses of an 'or' clause. * * A match means that: @@ -285,8 +285,8 @@ match_index_to_operand(int indexkey, * (2) there is a usable key that matches the variable within a * searchable clause. * - * 'or-clauses' are the remaining subclauses within the 'or' clause - * 'other-matching-indices' is the list of information on other indices + * 'or_clauses' are the remaining subclauses within the 'or' clause + * 'other_matching_indices' is the list of information on other indices * that have already been matched to subclauses within this * particular 'or' clause (i.e., a list previously generated by * this routine) @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo *rel, (index->indproc != InvalidOid)) /* - * group-clauses-by-indexkey-- + * group_clauses_by_indexkey * Determines whether there are clauses which will match each and every * one of the remaining keys of an index. * @@ -442,8 +442,8 @@ group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, } /* - * group-clauses-by-ikey-for-joins-- - * special edition of group-clauses-by-indexkey - will + * group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins + * special edition of group_clauses_by_indexkey - will * match join & restriction clauses. See comment in indexable_joinclauses. * - vadim 03/18/97 * @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, ****************************************************************************/ /* - * pred_test-- + * pred_test * Does the "predicate inclusion test" for partial indexes. * * Recursively checks whether the clauses in restrictinfo_list imply @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ pred_test(List *predicate_list, List *restrictinfo_list, List *joininfo_list) /* - * one_pred_test-- + * one_pred_test * Does the "predicate inclusion test" for one conjunct of a predicate * expression. */ @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ one_pred_test(Expr *predicate, List *restrictinfo_list) /* - * one_pred_clause_expr_test-- + * one_pred_clause_expr_test * Does the "predicate inclusion test" for a general restriction-clause * expression. */ @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ one_pred_clause_expr_test(Expr *predicate, Node *clause) /* - * one_pred_clause_test-- + * one_pred_clause_test * Does the "predicate inclusion test" for one conjunct of a predicate * expression for a simple restriction clause. */ @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ StrategyNumber BT_implic_table[BTMaxStrategyNumber][BTMaxStrategyNumber] = { /* - * clause_pred_clause_test-- + * clause_pred_clause_test * Use operator class info to check whether clause implies predicate. * * Does the "predicate inclusion test" for a "simple clause" predicate @@ -1168,8 +1168,8 @@ clause_pred_clause_test(Expr *predicate, Node *clause) ****************************************************************************/ /* - * indexable-joinclauses-- - * Finds all groups of join clauses from among 'joininfo-list' that can + * indexable_joinclauses + * Finds all groups of join clauses from among 'joininfo_list' that can * be used in conjunction with 'index'. * * The first clause in the group is marked as having the other relation @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ extract_restrict_clauses(List *clausegroup) #endif /* - * index-innerjoin-- + * index_innerjoin * Creates index path nodes corresponding to paths to be used as inner * relations in nestloop joins. * @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *clausegroup_list, } /* - * create-index-paths-- + * create_index_paths * Creates a list of index path nodes for each group of clauses * (restriction or join) that can be used in conjunction with an index. * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c index e2e492922ca..aa197671a58 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * joinpath.c-- + * joinpath.c * Routines to find all possible paths for processing a set of joins * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.22 1999/02/12 17:24:49 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:16:18 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ static List *hash_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outerrel, Rel List *hashinfo_list); /* - * find-all-join-paths-- + * find_all_join_paths * Creates all possible ways to process joins for each of the join * relations in the list 'joinrels.' Each unique path will be included * in the join relation's 'pathlist' field. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ find_all_join_paths(Query *root, List *joinrels) * 3. Consider paths where the inner relation need not be * explicitly sorted. This may include nestloops and mergejoins * the actual nestloop nodes were constructed in - * (match-unsorted-outer). + * (match_unsorted_outer). */ pathlist = add_pathlist(joinrel, pathlist, match_unsorted_inner(joinrel, outerrel, @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ find_all_join_paths(Query *root, List *joinrels) /* * 'OuterJoinCost is only valid when calling - * (match-unsorted-inner) with the same arguments as the previous - * invokation of (match-unsorted-outer), so clear the field before + * (match_unsorted_inner) with the same arguments as the previous + * invokation of (match_unsorted_outer), so clear the field before * going on. */ temp_list = innerrel->pathlist; @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ find_all_join_paths(Query *root, List *joinrels) } /* - * best-innerjoin-- + * best_innerjoin * Find the cheapest index path that has already been identified by * (indexable_joinclauses) as being a possible inner path for the given * outer relation in a nestloop join. * - * 'join-paths' is a list of join nodes - * 'outer-relid' is the relid of the outer join relation + * 'join_paths' is a list of join nodes + * 'outer_relid' is the relid of the outer join relation * * Returns the pathnode of the selected path. */ @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ best_innerjoin(List *join_paths, List *outer_relids) } /* - * sort-inner-and-outer-- + * sort_inner_and_outer * Create mergejoin join paths by explicitly sorting both the outer and * inner join relations on each available merge ordering. * * 'joinrel' is the join relation * 'outerrel' is the outer join relation * 'innerrel' is the inner join relation - * 'mergeinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on(mergejoinable) + * 'mergeinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on(mergejoinable) * clauses for joining the relations * * Returns a list of mergejoin paths. @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, } /* - * match-unsorted-outer-- + * match_unsorted_outer * Creates possible join paths for processing a single join relation * 'joinrel' by employing either iterative substitution or * mergejoining on each of its possible outer paths(assuming that the @@ -290,10 +290,10 @@ sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, * 'joinrel' is the join relation * 'outerrel' is the outer join relation * 'innerrel' is the inner join relation - * 'outerpath-list' is the list of possible outer paths - * 'cheapest-inner' is the cheapest inner path - * 'best-innerjoin' is the best inner index path(if any) - * 'mergeinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable + * 'outerpath_list' is the list of possible outer paths + * 'cheapest_inner' is the cheapest inner path + * 'best_innerjoin' is the best inner index path(if any) + * 'mergeinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable * clauses * * Returns a list of possible join path nodes. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, /* * Keep track of the cost of the outer path used with this * ordered inner path for later processing in - * (match-unsorted-inner), since it isn't a sort and thus + * (match_unsorted_inner), since it isn't a sort and thus * wouldn't otherwise be considered. */ if (path_is_cheaper_than_sort) @@ -421,23 +421,23 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, } /* - * match-unsorted-inner -- + * match_unsorted_inner * Find the cheapest ordered join path for a given(ordered, unsorted) * inner join path. * * Scans through each path available on an inner join relation and tries * matching its ordering keys against those of mergejoin clauses. - * If 1. an appropriately-ordered inner path and matching mergeclause are + * If 1. an appropriately_ordered inner path and matching mergeclause are * found, and * 2. sorting the cheapest outer path is cheaper than using an ordered * but unsorted outer path(as was considered in - * (match-unsorted-outer)), then this merge path is considered. + * (match_unsorted_outer)), then this merge path is considered. * * 'joinrel' is the join result relation * 'outerrel' is the outer join relation * 'innerrel' is the inner join relation - * 'innerpath-list' is the list of possible inner join paths - * 'mergeinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable + * 'innerpath_list' is the list of possible inner join paths + * 'mergeinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable * clauses * * Returns a list of possible merge paths. @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo *joinrel, } /* - * (match-unsorted-outer) if it is applicable. 'OuterJoinCost was + * (match_unsorted_outer) if it is applicable. 'OuterJoinCost was * set above in */ if (clauses && matchedJoinKeys) @@ -555,14 +555,14 @@ EnoughMemoryForHashjoin(RelOptInfo *hashrel) } /* - * hash-inner-and-outer-- XXX HASH + * hash_inner_and_outer-- XXX HASH * Create hashjoin join paths by explicitly hashing both the outer and * inner join relations on each available hash op. * * 'joinrel' is the join relation * 'outerrel' is the outer join relation * 'innerrel' is the inner join relation - * 'hashinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on(hashjoinable) + * 'hashinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on(hashjoinable) * clauses for joining the relations * * Returns a list of hashjoin paths. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c index a9f473c88a2..e9dc2dcbb1c 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * joinrels.c-- + * joinrels.c * Routines to determine which relations should be joined * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.19 1999/02/12 05:56:50 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:18 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ static void set_joinrel_size(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptI JoinInfo * jinfo); /* - * find-join-rels-- + * find_join_rels * Find all possible joins for each of the outer join relations in - * 'outer-rels'. A rel node is created for each possible join relation, + * 'outer_rels'. A rel node is created for each possible join relation, * and the resulting list of nodes is returned. If at all possible, only * those relations for which join clauses exist are considered. If none * of these exist for a given relation, all remaining possibilities are * considered. * - * 'outer-rels' is the list of rel nodes + * 'outer_rels' is the list of rel nodes * * Returns a list of rel nodes corresponding to the new join relations. */ @@ -82,16 +82,16 @@ find_join_rels(Query *root, List *outer_rels) } /* - * find-clause-joins-- + * find_clause_joins * Determines whether joins can be performed between an outer relation - * 'outer-rel' and those relations within 'outer-rel's joininfo nodes - * (i.e., relations that participate in join clauses that 'outer-rel' + * 'outer_rel' and those relations within 'outer_rel's joininfo nodes + * (i.e., relations that participate in join clauses that 'outer_rel' * participates in). This is possible if all but one of the relations * contained within the join clauses of the joininfo node are already - * contained within 'outer-rel'. + * contained within 'outer_rel'. * - * 'outer-rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation - * 'joininfo-list' is a list of join clauses which 'outer-rel' + * 'outer_rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation + * 'joininfo_list' is a list of join clauses which 'outer_rel' * participates in * * Returns a list of new join relations. @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ find_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo *outer_rel, List *joininfo_list) } /* - * find-clauseless-joins-- - * Given an outer relation 'outer-rel' and a list of inner relations - * 'inner-rels', create a join relation between 'outer-rel' and each - * member of 'inner-rels' that isn't already included in 'outer-rel'. + * find_clauseless_joins + * Given an outer relation 'outer_rel' and a list of inner relations + * 'inner_rels', create a join relation between 'outer_rel' and each + * member of 'inner_rels' that isn't already included in 'outer_rel'. * * Returns a list of new join relations. */ @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ find_clauseless_joins(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, List *inner_rels) } /* - * init-join-rel-- + * init_join_rel * Creates and initializes a new join relation. * - * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be + * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be * joined * 'joininfo' is the joininfo node(join clause) containing both - * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel', if any exists + * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel', if any exists * * Returns the new join relation node. */ @@ -251,17 +251,17 @@ init_join_rel(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo * joininfo) } /* - * new-join-tlist-- + * new_join_tlist * Builds a join relations's target list by keeping those elements that * will be in the final target list and any other elements that are still * needed for future joins. For a target list entry to still be needed * for future joins, its 'joinlist' field must not be empty after removal - * of all relids in 'other-relids'. + * of all relids in 'other_relids'. * * 'tlist' is the target list of one of the join relations - * 'other-relids' is a list of relids contained within the other + * 'other_relids' is a list of relids contained within the other * join relation - * 'first-resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created + * 'first_resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created * target list entry * * Returns the new target list. @@ -298,19 +298,19 @@ new_join_tlist(List *tlist, } /* - * new-joininfo-list-- + * new_joininfo_list * Builds a join relation's joininfo list by checking for join clauses * which still need to used in future joins involving this relation. A * join clause is still needed if there are still relations in the clause * not contained in the list of relations comprising this join relation. * New joininfo nodes are only created and added to - * 'current-joininfo-list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already + * 'current_joininfo_list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already * been created. * - * 'current-joininfo-list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that + * 'current_joininfo_list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that * have already been built - * 'joininfo-list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation - * 'join-relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations + * 'joininfo_list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation + * 'join_relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations * currently being joined * * Returns a list of joininfo nodes, new and old. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ new_joininfo_list(List *joininfo_list, List *join_relids) } /* - * add-new-joininfos-- + * add_new_joininfos * For each new join relation, create new joininfos that * use the join relation as inner relation, and add * the new joininfos to those rel nodes that still @@ -462,11 +462,11 @@ add_new_joininfos(Query *root, List *joinrels, List *outerrels) } /* - * final-join-rels-- + * final_join_rels * Find the join relation that includes all the original * relations, i.e. the final join result. * - * 'join-rel-list' is a list of join relations. + * 'join_rel_list' is a list of join relations. * * Returns the list of final join relations. */ @@ -508,11 +508,11 @@ final_join_rels(List *join_rel_list) } /* - * add_superrels-- + * add_superrels * add rel to the temporary property list superrels. * * 'rel' a rel node - * 'super-rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel + * 'super_rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel * * Modifies the superrels field of rel */ @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ add_superrels(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *super_rel) } /* - * nonoverlap-rels-- + * nonoverlap_rels * test if two join relations overlap, i.e., includes the same * relation. * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinutils.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinutils.c index b9b277d69f5..2a0f334317f 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinutils.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinutils.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * joinutils.c-- + * joinutils.c * Utilities for matching and building join and path keys * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/joinutils.c,v 1.19 1999/02/11 17:00:48 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/joinutils.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:19 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ static List *new_matching_subkeys(Var *subkey, List *considered_subkeys, ****************************************************************************/ /* - * match-pathkeys-joinkeys-- + * match_pathkeys_joinkeys * Attempts to match the keys of a path against the keys of join clauses. * This is done by looking for a matching join key in 'joinkeys' for * every path key in the list 'path.keys'. If there is a matching join key @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ static List *new_matching_subkeys(Var *subkey, List *considered_subkeys, * ( (outer inner) (outer inner) ... ) * 'joinclauses' is a list of clauses corresponding to the join keys in * 'joinkeys' - * 'which-subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key + * 'which_subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key * in 'joinkeys' * * Returns the join keys and corresponding join clauses in a list if all @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ match_pathkeys_joinkeys(List *pathkeys, } /* - * match-pathkey-joinkeys-- + * match_pathkey_joinkeys * Returns the 0-based index into 'joinkeys' of the first joinkey whose * outer or inner subkey matches any subkey of 'pathkey'. */ @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ match_pathkey_joinkeys(List *pathkey, } /* - * match-paths-joinkeys-- + * match_paths_joinkeys * Attempts to find a path in 'paths' whose keys match a set of join * keys 'joinkeys'. To match, * 1. the path node ordering must equal 'ordering'. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ match_pathkey_joinkeys(List *pathkey, * must correspond * 'paths' is a list of(inner) paths which are to be matched against * each join key in 'joinkeys' - * 'which-subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key + * 'which_subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key * in 'joinkeys' * * Returns the matching path node if one exists, nil otherwise. @@ -238,14 +238,14 @@ match_paths_joinkeys(List *joinkeys, /* - * extract-path-keys-- + * extract_path_keys * Builds a subkey list for a path by pulling one of the subkeys from * a list of join keys 'joinkeys' and then finding the var node in the * target list 'tlist' that corresponds to that subkey. * * 'joinkeys' is a list of join key pairs * 'tlist' is a relation target list - * 'which-subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key + * 'which_subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key * in 'joinkeys' * * Returns a list of pathkeys: ((tlvar1)(tlvar2)...(tlvarN)). @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ extract_path_keys(List *joinkeys, ****************************************************************************/ /* - * new-join-pathkeys-- + * new_join_pathkeys * Find the path keys for a join relation by finding all vars in the list * of join clauses 'joinclauses' such that: * (1) the var corresponding to the outer join relation is a @@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ extract_path_keys(List *joinkeys, * In other words, add to each outer path key the inner path keys that * are required for qualification. * - * 'outer-pathkeys' is the list of the outer path's path keys - * 'join-rel-tlist' is the target list of the join relation + * 'outer_pathkeys' is the list of the outer path's path keys + * 'join_rel_tlist' is the target list of the join relation * 'joinclauses' is the list of restricting join clauses * * Returns the list of new path keys. @@ -333,17 +333,17 @@ new_join_pathkeys(List *outer_pathkeys, } /* - * new-join-pathkey-- + * new_join_pathkey * Finds new vars that become subkeys due to qualification clauses that * contain any previously considered subkeys. These new subkeys plus the * subkeys from 'subkeys' form a new pathkey for the join relation. * * Note that each returned subkey is the var node found in - * 'join-rel-tlist' rather than the joinclause var node. + * 'join_rel_tlist' rather than the joinclause var node. * * 'subkeys' is a list of subkeys for which matching subkeys are to be * found - * 'considered-subkeys' is the current list of all subkeys corresponding + * 'considered_subkeys' is the current list of all subkeys corresponding * to a given pathkey * * Returns a new pathkey(list of subkeys). @@ -388,15 +388,15 @@ new_join_pathkey(List *subkeys, } /* - * new-matching-subkeys-- + * new_matching_subkeys * Returns a list of new subkeys: - * (1) which are not listed in 'considered-subkeys' + * (1) which are not listed in 'considered_subkeys' * (2) for which the "other" variable in some clause in 'joinclauses' is * 'subkey' - * (3) which are mentioned in 'join-rel-tlist' + * (3) which are mentioned in 'join_rel_tlist' * * Note that each returned subkey is the var node found in - * 'join-rel-tlist' rather than the joinclause var node. + * 'join_rel_tlist' rather than the joinclause var node. * * 'subkey' is the var node for which we are trying to find matching * clauses diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c index 8caef0e6611..d6af886f1ef 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * mergeutils.c-- + * mergeutils.c * Utilities for finding applicable merge clauses and pathkeys * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/mergeutils.c,v 1.17 1999/02/11 14:58:53 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/mergeutils.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:16:20 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ #include "optimizer/ordering.h" /* - * group-clauses-by-order-- - * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo-list' is mergejoinable, store + * group_clauses_by_order + * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo_list' is mergejoinable, store * it within a mergeinfo node containing other clause nodes with the same * mergejoin ordering. * - * 'restrictinfo-list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes - * 'inner-relid' is the relid of the inner join relation + * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes + * 'inner_relid' is the relid of the inner join relation * * Returns the new list of mergeinfo nodes. * @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ group_clauses_by_order(List *restrictinfo_list, { /* - * Create a new mergeinfo node and add it to 'mergeinfo-list' + * Create a new mergeinfo node and add it to 'mergeinfo_list' * if one does not yet exist for this merge ordering. */ PathOrder *pathorder; @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ group_clauses_by_order(List *restrictinfo_list, /* - * match-order-mergeinfo-- - * Searches the list 'mergeinfo-list' for a mergeinfo node whose order + * match_order_mergeinfo + * Searches the list 'mergeinfo_list' for a mergeinfo node whose order * field equals 'ordering'. * * Returns the node if it exists. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c index 70dc789111c..cc14716dc98 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * orindxpath.c-- + * orindxpath.c * Routines to find index paths that match a set of 'or' clauses * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.19 1999/02/11 14:58:53 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:21 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ static void best_or_subclause_index(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Expr *subclaus /* - * create-or-index-paths-- + * create_or_index_paths * Creates index paths for indices that match 'or' clauses. * * 'rel' is the relation entry for which the paths are to be defined on @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ create_or_index_paths(Query *root, } /* - * best-or-subclause-indices-- + * best_or_subclause_indices * Determines the best index to be used in conjunction with each subclause * of an 'or' clause and the cost of scanning a relation using these * indices. The cost is the sum of the individual index costs. @@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ create_or_index_paths(Query *root, * 'subclauses' are the subclauses of the 'or' clause * 'indices' are those index nodes that matched subclauses of the 'or' * clause - * 'examined-indexids' is a list of those index ids to be used with + * 'examined_indexids' is a list of those index ids to be used with * subclauses that have already been examined - * 'subcost' is the cost of using the indices in 'examined-indexids' + * 'subcost' is the cost of using the indices in 'examined_indexids' * 'selectivities' is a list of the selectivities of subclauses that * have already been examined * @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ best_or_subclause_indices(Query *root, } /* - * best-or-subclause-index-- + * best_or_subclause_index * Determines which is the best index to be used with a subclause of * an 'or' clause by estimating the cost of using each index and selecting * the least expensive. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ best_or_subclause_indices(Query *root, * 'subclause' is the subclause * 'indices' is a list of index nodes that match the subclause * - * Returns a list (index-id index-subcost index-selectivity) + * Returns a list (index_id index_subcost index_selectivity) * (a fixnum, a fixnum, and a flonum respectively). * */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/predmig.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/predmig.c index 807331ef1e1..e4761f620f7 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/predmig.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/predmig.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * predmig.c-- + * predmig.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/predmig.c,v 1.17 1999/02/12 17:24:50 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/predmig.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:16:22 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ xfunc_llel_chains(Stream root, Stream bottom) } /* - ** xfunc_complete_stream -- + ** xfunc_complete_stream ** Given a stream composed of join nodes only, make a copy containing the ** join nodes along with the associated restriction nodes. */ @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ xfunc_prdmig_pullup(Stream origstream, Stream pullme, JoinPath joinpath) } /* - ** xfunc_form_groups -- + ** xfunc_form_groups ** A group is a pair of stream nodes a,b such that a is constrained to ** precede b (for instance if a and b are both joins), but rank(a) > rank(b). ** In such a situation, Monma and Sidney prove that no clauses should end @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ xfunc_form_groups(Query *queryInfo, Stream root, Stream bottom) /* ------------------- UTILITY FUNCTIONS ------------------------- */ /* - ** xfunc_free_stream -- + ** xfunc_free_stream ** walk down a stream and pfree it */ static void @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ xfunc_num_relids(Stream node) } /* - ** xfunc_get_downjoin -- + ** xfunc_get_downjoin ** Given a stream node, find the next lowest node which points to a ** join predicate or a scan node. */ @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ xfunc_get_downjoin(Stream node) } /* - ** xfunc_get_upjoin -- + ** xfunc_get_upjoin ** same as above, but upwards. */ static StreamPtr @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ xfunc_get_upjoin(Stream node) } /* - ** xfunc_stream_qsort -- + ** xfunc_stream_qsort ** Given a stream, sort by group rank the elements in the stream from the ** node "bottom" up. DESTRUCTIVELY MODIFIES STREAM! Returns new root. */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c index af3b01bed0c..ce6b22d98e6 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * prune.c-- + * prune.c * Routines to prune redundant paths and relations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/prune.c,v 1.30 1999/02/12 17:24:50 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/prune.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:16:23 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ static List *prune_joinrel(RelOptInfo *rel, List *other_rels); /* - * prune-joinrels-- + * prune_joinrels * Removes any redundant relation entries from a list of rel nodes - * 'rel-list'. Obviously, the first relation can't be a duplicate. + * 'rel_list'. Obviously, the first relation can't be a duplicate. * * Returns the resulting list. * @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ prune_joinrels(List *rel_list) } /* - * prune-joinrel-- - * Prunes those relations from 'other-rels' that are redundant with + * prune_joinrel + * Prunes those relations from 'other_rels' that are redundant with * 'rel'. A relation is redundant if it is built up of the same * relations as 'rel'. Paths for the redundant relation are merged into * the pathlist of 'rel'. @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ prune_joinrel(RelOptInfo *rel, List *other_rels) } /* - * rels-set-cheapest - * For each relation entry in 'rel-list' (which corresponds to a join + * rels_set_cheapest + * For each relation entry in 'rel_list' (which corresponds to a join * relation), set pointers to the cheapest path */ void @@ -108,12 +108,12 @@ rels_set_cheapest(List *rel_list) /* - * merge-joinrels-- + * merge_joinrels * Given two lists of rel nodes that are already * pruned, merge them into one pruned rel node list * - * 'rel-list1' and - * 'rel-list2' are the rel node lists + * 'rel_list1' and + * 'rel_list2' are the rel node lists * * Returns one pruned rel node list */ @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ merge_joinrels(List *rel_list1, List *rel_list2) } /* - * prune_oldrels-- + * prune_oldrels * If all the joininfo's in a rel node are inactive, * that means that this node has been joined into * other nodes in all possible ways, therefore diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/xfunc.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/xfunc.c index 048fce5ad2e..e722840f30e 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/xfunc.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/xfunc.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * xfunc.c-- + * xfunc.c * Utility routines to handle expensive function optimization. * Includes xfunc_trypullup(), which attempts early pullup of predicates * to allow for maximal pruning. @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/xfunc.c,v 1.27 1999/02/12 17:24:50 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/xfunc.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:16:24 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ static int xfunc_card_unreferenced(Query *queryInfo, */ /* -** xfunc_trypullup -- +** xfunc_trypullup ** Preliminary pullup of predicates, to allow for maximal pruning. ** Given a relation, check each of its paths and see if you can ** pullup clauses from its inner and outer. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo rel) } /* - ** xfunc_shouldpull -- + ** xfunc_shouldpull ** find clause with highest rank, and decide whether to pull it up ** from child to parent. Currently we only pullup secondary join clauses ** that are in the pathrestrictinfo. Secondary hash and sort clauses are @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ xfunc_shouldpull(Query *queryInfo, Path childpath, JoinPath parentpath, int whichchild, - RestrictInfo * maxcinfopt) /* Out: pointer to clause + RestrictInfo *maxcinfopt) /* Out: pointer to clause * to pullup */ { LispValue clauselist, @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ xfunc_shouldpull(Query *queryInfo, /* - ** xfunc_pullup -- + ** xfunc_pullup ** move clause from child pathnode to parent pathnode. This operation ** makes the child pathnode produce a larger relation than it used to. ** This means that we must construct a new RelOptInfo just for the childpath, @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ LispValue clause; } /* - ** xfunc_join_expense -- + ** xfunc_join_expense ** Find global expense of a join clause */ Cost @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ xfunc_local_expense(LispValue clause) } /* - ** xfunc_func_expense -- + ** xfunc_func_expense ** given a Func or Oper and its args, find its expense. ** Note: in Stonebraker's SIGMOD '91 paper, he uses a more complicated metric ** than the one here. We can ignore the expected number of tuples for @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ xfunc_func_expense(LispValue node, LispValue args) } /* - ** xfunc_width -- + ** xfunc_width ** recursively find the width of a expression */ @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ xfunc_total_path_cost(JoinPath pathnode) /* - ** xfunc_expense_per_tuple -- + ** xfunc_expense_per_tuple ** return the expense of the join *per-tuple* of the input relation. ** The cost model here is that a join costs ** k*card(outer)*card(inner) + l*card(outer) + m*card(inner) + n @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ xfunc_expense_per_tuple(JoinPath joinnode, int whichchild) } /* - ** xfunc_fixvars -- + ** xfunc_fixvars ** After pulling up a clause, we must walk its expression tree, fixing Var ** nodes to point to the correct varno (either INNER or OUTER, depending ** on which child the clause was pulled from), and the right varattno in the @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ xfunc_fixvars(LispValue clause, /* clause being pulled up */ * have to add it. * * */ - add_tl_element(rel, (Var) clause); + add_var_to_tlist(rel, (Var) clause); tle = tlistentry_member((Var) clause, get_targetlist(rel)); } set_varno(((Var) clause), varno); @@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ xfunc_clause_compare(void *arg1, void *arg2) } /* - ** xfunc_disjunct_sort -- + ** xfunc_disjunct_sort ** given a list of clauses, for each clause sort the disjuncts by cost ** (this assumes the predicates have been converted to Conjunctive NF) ** Modifies the clause list! @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ xfunc_disjunct_compare(Query *queryInfo, void *arg1, void *arg2) /* ------------------------ UTILITY FUNCTIONS ------------------------------- */ /* - ** xfunc_func_width -- + ** xfunc_func_width ** Given a function OID and operands, find the width of the return value. */ int @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ exit: } /* - ** xfunc_tuple_width -- + ** xfunc_tuple_width ** Return the sum of the lengths of all the attributes of a given relation */ int @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ xfunc_tuple_width(Relation rd) } /* - ** xfunc_num_join_clauses -- + ** xfunc_num_join_clauses ** Find the number of join clauses associated with this join path */ int @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ xfunc_num_join_clauses(JoinPath path) } /* - ** xfunc_LispRemove -- + ** xfunc_LispRemove ** Just like LispRemove, but it whines if the item to be removed ain't there */ LispValue @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ do { \ } while(0) /* - ** xfunc_copyrel -- + ** xfunc_copyrel ** Just like _copyRel, but doesn't copy the paths */ bool diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c index 508ddcbe86d..c589b52c15b 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * createplan.c-- + * createplan.c * Routines to create the desired plan for processing a query * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.45 1999/02/12 17:24:51 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.46 1999/02/13 23:16:27 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ static Material *make_material(List *tlist, Oid nonameid, Plan *lefttree, int keycount); /* - * create_plan-- + * create_plan * Creates the access plan for a query by tracing backwards through the - * desired chain of pathnodes, starting at the node 'best-path'. For + * desired chain of pathnodes, starting at the node 'best_path'. For * every pathnode found: * (1) Create a corresponding plan node containing appropriate id, * target list, and qualification information. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ static Material *make_material(List *tlist, Oid nonameid, Plan *lefttree, * relative values. * (3) Target lists are not modified, but will be in another routine. * - * best-path is the best access path + * best_path is the best access path * * Returns the optimal(?) access plan. */ @@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ create_plan(Path *best_path) } /* - * create_scan_node-- - * Create a scan path for the parent relation of 'best-path'. + * create_scan_node + * Create a scan path for the parent relation of 'best_path'. * - * tlist is the targetlist for the base relation scanned by 'best-path' + * tlist is the targetlist for the base relation scanned by 'best_path' * * Returns the scan node. */ @@ -194,12 +194,12 @@ create_scan_node(Path *best_path, List *tlist) } /* - * create_join_node -- - * Create a join path for 'best-path' and(recursively) paths for its + * create_join_node + * Create a join path for 'best_path' and(recursively) paths for its * inner and outer paths. * * 'tlist' is the targetlist for the join relation corresponding to - * 'best-path' + * 'best_path' * * Returns the join node. */ @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ create_join_node(JoinPath *best_path, List *tlist) /* * * Expensive function pullups may have pulled local predicates * - * into this path node. Put them in the qpqual of the plan node. * -- + * into this path node. Put them in the qpqual of the plan node. * * JMH, 6/15/92 */ if (get_loc_restrictinfo(best_path) != NIL) @@ -281,9 +281,9 @@ create_join_node(JoinPath *best_path, List *tlist) /* - * create_seqscan_node-- - * Returns a seqscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best-path' - * with restriction clauses 'scan-clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'. + * create_seqscan_node + * Returns a seqscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best_path' + * with restriction clauses 'scan_clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'. */ static SeqScan * create_seqscan_node(Path *best_path, List *tlist, List *scan_clauses) @@ -309,9 +309,9 @@ create_seqscan_node(Path *best_path, List *tlist, List *scan_clauses) } /* - * create_indexscan_node-- - * Returns a indexscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best-path' - * with restriction clauses 'scan-clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'. + * create_indexscan_node + * Returns a indexscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best_path' + * with restriction clauses 'scan_clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'. */ static IndexScan * create_indexscan_node(IndexPath *best_path, @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ fix_indxqual_references(Node *clause, Path *index_path) /* - * switch_outer-- + * switch_outer * Given a list of merge clauses, rearranges the elements within the * clauses so the outer join variable is on the left and the inner is on * the right. @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ switch_outer(List *clauses) } /* - * set-noname-tlist-operators-- + * set_noname_tlist_operators * Sets the key and keyop fields of resdom nodes in a target list. * * 'tlist' is the target list @@ -846,16 +846,16 @@ set_noname_tlist_operators(List *tlist, List *pathkeys, Oid *operators) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * make_noname-- + * make_noname * Create plan nodes to sort or materialize relations into noname. The - * result returned for a sort will look like (SEQSCAN(SORT(plan-node))) - * or (SEQSCAN(MATERIAL(plan-node))) + * result returned for a sort will look like (SEQSCAN(SORT(plan_node))) + * or (SEQSCAN(MATERIAL(plan_node))) * * 'tlist' is the target list of the scan to be sorted or hashed * 'pathkeys' is the list of keys which the sort or hash will be done on * 'operators' is the operators with which the sort or hash is to be done * (a list of operator OIDs) - * 'plan-node' is the node which yields tuples for the sort + * 'plan_node' is the node which yields tuples for the sort * 'nonametype' indicates which operation(sort or hash) to perform */ static Noname * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c index 881accd2aaa..40ab228721d 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * initsplan.c-- + * initsplan.c * Target list, qualification, joininfo initialization routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.22 1999/02/03 21:16:35 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:16:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ extern int Quiet; -static void add_clause_to_rels(Query *root, List *clause); -static void add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo, +static void add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause); +static void add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo, List *join_relids); static void add_vars_to_targetlist(Query *root, List *vars, List *join_relids); @@ -55,16 +55,14 @@ static Oid hashjoinop(Expr *clause); *****************************************************************************/ /* - * init-base-rel-tlist-- + * make_var_only_tlist * Creates rel nodes for every relation mentioned in the target list * 'tlist' (if a node hasn't already been created) and adds them to - * *query-relation-list*. Creates targetlist entries for each member of + * *query_relation_list*. Creates targetlist entries for each member of * 'tlist' and adds them to the tlist field of the appropriate rel node. - * - * Returns nothing. */ void -init_base_rels_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist) +make_var_only_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist) { List *tlist_vars = NIL; List *l = NIL; @@ -80,20 +78,19 @@ init_base_rels_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist) /* now, the target list only contains Var nodes */ foreach(tvar, tlist_vars) { - Var *var; + Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(tvar); Index varno; RelOptInfo *result; - var = (Var *) lfirst(tvar); varno = var->varno; result = get_base_rel(root, varno); - add_tl_element(result, var); + add_var_to_tlist(result, var); } } /* - * add_missing-vars-to-tlist-- + * add_missing_vars_to_tlist * If we have range variable(s) in the FROM clause that does not appear * in the target list nor qualifications, we add it to the base relation * list. For instance, "select f.x from foo f, foo f2" is a join of f and @@ -121,7 +118,7 @@ add_missing_vars_to_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist) OIDOID, -1, 0, varno, ObjectIdAttributeNumber); /* add it to base_rel_list */ result = get_base_rel(root, varno); - add_tl_element(result, var); + add_var_to_tlist(result, var); } pfree(relids); varno++; @@ -139,25 +136,25 @@ add_missing_vars_to_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist) /* - * init-base-rels-qual-- + * add_restrict_and_join_to_rels- * Initializes RestrictInfo and JoinInfo fields of relation entries for all * relations appearing within clauses. Creates new relation entries if - * necessary, adding them to *query-relation-list*. + * necessary, adding them to *query_relation_list*. * * Returns nothing of interest. */ void -init_base_rels_qual(Query *root, List *clauses) +add_restrict_and_join_to_rels(Query *root, List *clauses) { List *clause; foreach(clause, clauses) - add_clause_to_rels(root, lfirst(clause)); + add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(root, lfirst(clause)); return; } /* - * add-clause-to-rels-- + * add_restrict_and_join_to_rel- * Add clause information to either the 'RestrictInfo' or 'JoinInfo' field * of a relation entry(depending on whether or not the clause is a join) * by creating a new RestrictInfo node and setting appropriate fields @@ -166,7 +163,7 @@ init_base_rels_qual(Query *root, List *clauses) * Returns nothing of interest. */ static void -add_clause_to_rels(Query *root, List *clause) +add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause) { List *relids; List *vars; @@ -186,53 +183,43 @@ add_clause_to_rels(Query *root, List *clause) if (length(relids) == 1) { - RelOptInfo *rel = get_base_rel(root, lfirsti(relids)); - /* * There is only one relation participating in 'clause', so * 'clause' must be a restriction clause. */ + RelOptInfo *rel = get_base_rel(root, lfirsti(relids)); /* - * the selectivity of the clause must be computed regardless of + * The selectivity of the clause must be computed regardless of * whether it's a restriction or a join clause */ if (is_funcclause((Node *) clause)) - { /* * XXX If we have a func clause set selectivity to 1/3, really * need a true selectivity function. */ restrictinfo->selectivity = (Cost) 0.3333333; - } else - { restrictinfo->selectivity = compute_clause_selec(root, (Node *) clause, NIL); - } + rel->restrictinfo = lcons(restrictinfo, rel->restrictinfo); } else { - /* * 'clause' is a join clause, since there is more than one atom in * the relid list. */ - if (is_funcclause((Node *) clause)) - { - /* * XXX If we have a func clause set selectivity to 1/3, really * need a true selectivity function. */ restrictinfo->selectivity = (Cost) 0.3333333; - } else - { restrictinfo->selectivity = compute_clause_selec(root, (Node *) clause, NIL); - } + add_join_info_to_rels(root, restrictinfo, relids); /* we are going to be doing a join, so add var to targetlist */ add_vars_to_targetlist(root, vars, relids); @@ -240,19 +227,19 @@ add_clause_to_rels(Query *root, List *clause) } /* - * add-join-info-to-rels-- + * add_join_info_to_rels * For every relation participating in a join clause, add 'restrictinfo' to * the appropriate joininfo node(creating a new one and adding it to the * appropriate rel node if necessary). * * 'restrictinfo' describes the join clause - * 'join-relids' is the list of relations participating in the join clause + * 'join_relids' is the list of relations participating in the join clause * * Returns nothing. * */ static void -add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo, List *join_relids) +add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo, List *join_relids) { List *join_relid; @@ -276,7 +263,7 @@ add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo, List *join_relid } /* - * add-vars-to-targetlist-- + * add_vars_to_targetlist * For each variable appearing in a clause, * (1) If a targetlist entry for the variable is not already present in * the appropriate relation's target list, add one. @@ -285,7 +272,7 @@ add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo, List *join_relid * entry of the targetlist entry. * * 'vars' is the list of var nodes - * 'join-relids' is the list of relids appearing in the join clause + * 'join_relids' is the list of relids appearing in the join clause * (if this is a join clause) * * Returns nothing. @@ -305,7 +292,7 @@ add_vars_to_targetlist(Query *root, List *vars, List *join_relids) tlistentry = tlistentry_member(var, rel->targetlist); if (tlistentry == NULL) /* add a new entry */ - add_tl_element(rel, var); + add_var_to_tlist(rel, var); } } @@ -316,7 +303,7 @@ add_vars_to_targetlist(Query *root, List *vars, List *join_relids) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * init-join-info-- + * init_join_info * Set the MergeJoinable or HashJoinable field for every joininfo node * (within a rel node) and the MergeJoinOrder or HashJoinOp field for * each restrictinfo node(within a joininfo node) for all relations in a @@ -372,7 +359,7 @@ init_join_info(List *rel_list) } /* - * mergejoinop-- + * mergejoinop * Returns the mergejoin operator of an operator iff 'clause' is * mergejoinable, i.e., both operands are single vars and the operator is * a mergejoinable operator. @@ -406,7 +393,7 @@ mergejoinop(Expr *clause) } /* - * hashjoinop-- + * hashjoinop * Returns the hashjoin operator of an operator iff 'clause' is * hashjoinable, i.e., both operands are single vars and the operator is * a hashjoinable operator. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c index f724f39325b..8e56f228c56 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * planmain.c-- + * planmain.c * Routines to plan a single query * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.30 1999/02/09 17:03:00 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:16:30 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ extern Plan *make_groupPlan(List **tlist, bool tuplePerGroup, List *groupClause, Plan *subplan); /* - * query_planner-- + * query_planner * Routine to create a query plan. It does so by first creating a * subplan for the topmost level of attributes in the query. Then, * it modifies all target list and qualifications to consider the next @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ extern Plan *make_groupPlan(List **tlist, bool tuplePerGroup, * be placed where and any relation level qualifications to be * satisfied. * - * command-type is the query command, e.g., retrieve, delete, etc. + * command-type is the query command, e.g., select, delete, etc. * tlist is the target list of the query * qual is the qualification of the query * @@ -134,7 +134,6 @@ query_planner(Query *root, */ if (var_only_tlist == NULL && qual == NULL) { - switch (command_type) { case CMD_SELECT: @@ -143,7 +142,6 @@ query_planner(Query *root, (Node *) constant_qual, (Plan *) NULL)); break; - case CMD_DELETE: case CMD_UPDATE: { @@ -153,16 +151,13 @@ query_planner(Query *root, (Plan *) NULL); if (constant_qual != NULL) - { return ((Plan *) make_result(tlist, (Node *) constant_qual, (Plan *) scan)); - } else return (Plan *) scan; } break; - default: return (Plan *) NULL; } @@ -236,7 +231,7 @@ query_planner(Query *root, * Subplanner creates an entire plan consisting of joins and scans * for processing a single level of attributes. * - * flat-tlist is the flattened target list + * flat_tlist is the flattened target list * qual is the qualification to be satisfied * * Returns a subplan. @@ -258,8 +253,8 @@ subplanner(Query *root, root->base_rel_list = NIL; root->join_rel_list = NIL; - init_base_rels_tlist(root, flat_tlist); - init_base_rels_qual(root, qual); + make_var_only_tlist(root, flat_tlist); + add_restrict_and_join_to_rels(root, qual); add_missing_vars_to_tlist(root, flat_tlist); /* diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c index c460bbdb971..5884391b0b8 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * planner.c-- + * planner.c * The query optimizer external interface. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.43 1999/02/09 17:03:01 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.44 1999/02/13 23:16:32 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ planner(Query *parse) } /* - * union_planner-- + * union_planner * * Invokes the planner on union queries if there are any left, * recursing if necessary to get them all, then processes normal plans. @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ union_planner(Query *parse) } /* - * make_sortplan-- + * make_sortplan * Returns a sortplan which is basically a SORT node attached to the * top of the plan returned from the planner. It also adds the * cost of sorting into the plan. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c index d8b1046fa07..78d76960f80 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * setrefs.c-- + * setrefs.c * Routines to change varno/attno entries to contain references * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.38 1999/02/09 17:03:01 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:16:33 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ static void set_result_tlist_references(Result *resultNode); *****************************************************************************/ /* - * set-tlist-references-- + * set_tlist_references * Modifies the target list of nodes in a plan to reference target lists * at lower levels. * @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ set_tlist_references(Plan *plan) } /* - * set-join-tlist-references-- + * set_join_tlist_references * Modifies the target list of a join node by setting the varnos and * varattnos to reference the target list of the outer and inner join * relations. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ set_join_tlist_references(Join *join) } /* - * set-nonamescan-tlist-references-- + * set_nonamescan_tlist_references * Modifies the target list of a node that scans a noname relation (i.e., a * sort or hash node) so that the varnos refer to the child noname. * @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ set_nonamescan_tlist_references(SeqScan *nonamescan) } /* - * set-noname-tlist-references-- + * set_noname_tlist_references * The noname's vars are made consistent with (actually, identical to) the * modified version of the target list of the node from which noname node * receives its tuples. @@ -182,14 +182,14 @@ set_noname_tlist_references(Noname *noname) } /* - * join-references-- + * join_references * Creates a new set of join clauses by replacing the varno/varattno * values of variables in the clauses to reference target list values * from the outer and inner join relation target lists. * * 'clauses' is the list of join clauses - * 'outer-tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation - * 'inner-tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation + * 'outer_tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation + * 'inner_tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation * * Returns the new join clauses. * @@ -205,16 +205,16 @@ join_references(List *clauses, } /* - * index-outerjoin-references-- + * index_outerjoin_references * Given a list of join clauses, replace the operand corresponding to the * outer relation in the join with references to the corresponding target - * list element in 'outer-tlist' (the outer is rather obscurely + * list element in 'outer_tlist' (the outer is rather obscurely * identified as the side that doesn't contain a var whose varno equals - * 'inner-relid'). + * 'inner_relid'). * * As a side effect, the operator is replaced by the regproc id. * - * 'inner-indxqual' is the list of join clauses (so-called because they + * 'inner_indxqual' is the list of join clauses (so-called because they * are used as qualifications for the inner (inbex) scan of a nestloop) * * Returns the new list of clauses. @@ -268,17 +268,17 @@ index_outerjoin_references(List *inner_indxqual, } /* - * replace-clause-joinvar-refs - * replace-subclause-joinvar-refs - * replace-joinvar-refs + * replace_clause_joinvar_refs + * replace_subclause_joinvar_refs + * replace_joinvar_refs * * Replaces all variables within a join clause with a new var node * whose varno/varattno fields contain a reference to a target list * element from either the outer or inner join relation. * * 'clause' is the join clause - * 'outer-tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation - * 'inner-tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation + * 'outer_tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation + * 'inner_tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation * * Returns the new join clause. * @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ replace_joinvar_refs(Var *var, List *outer_tlist, List *inner_tlist) } /* - * tlist-noname-references-- + * tlist_noname_references * Creates a new target list for a node that scans a noname relation, * setting the varnos to the id of the noname relation and setting varids * if necessary (varids are only needed if this is a targetlist internal @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ check_having_qual_for_vars(Node *clause, List *targetlist_so_far) /* Check if the VAR is already contained in the targetlist */ if (tlist_member((Var *) clause, (List *) targetlist_so_far) == NULL) - add_tl_element(&tmp_rel, (Var *) clause); + add_var_to_tlist(&tmp_rel, (Var *) clause); return tmp_rel.targetlist; } diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c index 8c106eb48e2..3e190c307c8 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * subselect.c-- + * subselect.c * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c index 406c6929d0e..979796ffe24 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * prepkeyset.c-- + * prepkeyset.c * Special preperation for keyset queries. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ #include "optimizer/planmain.h" /* - * Node_Copy-- + * Node_Copy * a macro to simplify calling of copyObject on the specified field */ #define Node_Copy(from, newnode, field) newnode->field = copyObject(from->field) diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c index eed763422b8..39f863cde79 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * prepqual.c-- + * prepqual.c * Routines for preprocessing the parse tree qualification * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:44 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:37 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c index 5b31b2f578b..084809c9d9e 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * preptlist.c-- + * preptlist.c * Routines to preprocess the parse tree target list * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.17 1999/02/03 21:16:45 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:16:38 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static List *new_relation_targetlist(Oid relid, Index rt_index, /* - * preprocess-targetlist-- + * preprocess_targetlist * Driver for preprocessing the parse tree targetlist. * * 1. Deal with appends and replaces by filling missing attributes @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ preprocess_targetlist(List *tlist, *****************************************************************************/ /* - * expand-targetlist-- + * expand_targetlist * Given a target list as generated by the parser and a result relation, * add targetlist entries for the attributes which have not been used. * @@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ replace_matching_resname(List *new_tlist, List *old_tlist) } /* - * new-relation-targetlist-- + * new_relation_targetlist * Generate a targetlist for the relation with relation OID 'relid' - * and rangetable index 'rt-index'. + * and rangetable index 'rt_index'. * * Returns the new targetlist. */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c index cbc91efd571..b8b8a606656 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * prepunion.c-- + * prepunion.c * Routines to plan inheritance, union, and version queries * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.28 1999/02/03 21:16:46 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:16:40 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ static Append *make_append(List *appendplans, List *unionrtables, Index rt_index /* - * plan-union-queries-- + * plan_union_queries * * Plans the queries for a given UNION. * @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ plan_union_queries(Query *parse) /* - * plan-inherit-queries-- + * plan_inherit_queries * * Plans the queries for a given parent relation. * @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ plan_inherit_queries(Query *parse, Index rt_index) } /* - * plan-inherit-query-- + * plan_inherit_query * Returns a list of plans for 'relids' and a list of range table entries * in union_rtentries. */ @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ plan_inherit_query(List *relids, } /* - * find-all-inheritors - + * find_all_inheritors - * Returns a list of relids corresponding to relations that inherit * attributes from any relations listed in either of the argument relid * lists. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ find_all_inheritors(List *unexamined_relids, /* * Find all relations which inherit from members of - * 'unexamined-relids' and store them in 'new-inheritors'. + * 'unexamined_relids' and store them in 'new_inheritors'. */ List *rels = NIL; List *newrels = NIL; @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ find_all_inheritors(List *unexamined_relids, } /* - * first-inherit-rt-entry - + * first_inherit_rt_entry - * Given a rangetable, find the first rangetable entry that represents * the appropriate special case. * @@ -361,11 +361,11 @@ first_inherit_rt_entry(List *rangetable) } /* - * new-rangetable-entry - - * Replaces the name and relid of 'old-entry' with the values for - * 'new-relid'. + * new_rangetable_entry - + * Replaces the name and relid of 'old_entry' with the values for + * 'new_relid'. * - * Returns a copy of 'old-entry' with the parameters substituted. + * Returns a copy of 'old_entry' with the parameters substituted. */ static RangeTblEntry * new_rangetable_entry(Oid new_relid, RangeTblEntry *old_entry) @@ -384,8 +384,8 @@ new_rangetable_entry(Oid new_relid, RangeTblEntry *old_entry) } /* - * subst-rangetable-- - * Replaces the 'index'th rangetable entry in 'root' with 'new-entry'. + * subst_rangetable + * Replaces the 'index'th rangetable entry in 'root' with 'new_entry'. * * Returns a new copy of 'root'. */ @@ -463,12 +463,12 @@ fix_parsetree_attnums_nodes(Index rt_index, } /* - * fix-parsetree-attnums-- + * fix_parsetree_attnums * Replaces attribute numbers from the relation represented by - * 'old-relid' in 'parsetree' with the attribute numbers from - * 'new-relid'. + * 'old_relid' in 'parsetree' with the attribute numbers from + * 'new_relid'. * - * Returns the destructively-modified parsetree. + * Returns the destructively_modified parsetree. * */ static void diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c index 9df6b6a2a5d..26ca6733590 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * clauses.c-- + * clauses.c * routines to manipulate qualification clauses * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.28 1999/02/03 21:16:51 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:16:42 momjian Exp $ * * HISTORY * AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ make_clause(int type, Node *oper, List *args) /* - * is_opclause-- + * is_opclause * * Returns t iff the clause is an operator clause: * (op expr expr) or (op expr). @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ is_opclause(Node *clause) } /* - * make_opclause-- + * make_opclause * Creates a clause given its operator left operand and right * operand (if it is non-null). * @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ make_opclause(Oper *op, Var *leftop, Var *rightop) } /* - * get_leftop-- + * get_leftop * * Returns the left operand of a clause of the form (op expr expr) * or (op expr) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ agg_clause(Node *clause) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * is_funcclause-- + * is_funcclause * * Returns t iff the clause is a function clause: (func { expr }). * @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ is_funcclause(Node *clause) } /* - * make_funcclause-- + * make_funcclause * * Creates a function clause given the FUNC node and the functional * arguments. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ make_funcclause(Func *func, List *funcargs) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * or_clause-- + * or_clause * * Returns t iff the clause is an 'or' clause: (OR { expr }). * @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ or_clause(Node *clause) } /* - * make_orclause-- + * make_orclause * * Creates an 'or' clause given a list of its subclauses. * @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ make_orclause(List *orclauses) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * not_clause-- + * not_clause * * Returns t iff this is a 'not' clause: (NOT expr). * @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ not_clause(Node *clause) } /* - * make_notclause-- + * make_notclause * * Create a 'not' clause given the expression to be negated. * @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ make_notclause(Expr *notclause) } /* - * get_notclausearg-- + * get_notclausearg * * Retrieve the clause within a 'not' clause * @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ get_notclausearg(Expr *notclause) /* - * and_clause-- + * and_clause * * Returns t iff its argument is an 'and' clause: (AND { expr }). * @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ and_clause(Node *clause) } /* - * make_andclause-- + * make_andclause * * Create an 'and' clause given its arguments in a list. * @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ make_andclause(List *andclauses) /* - * case_clause-- + * case_clause * * Returns t iff its argument is a 'case' clause: (CASE { expr }). * @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ case_clause(Node *clause) /* - * pull-constant-clauses-- + * pull_constant_clauses * Scans through a list of qualifications and find those that * contain no variables. * @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ pull_constant_clauses(List *quals, List **constantQual) } /* - * clause-relids-vars-- + * clause_relids_vars * Retrieves relids and vars appearing within a clause. * Returns ((relid1 relid2 ... relidn) (var1 var2 ... varm)) where * vars appear in the clause this is done by recursively searching @@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ clause_get_relids_vars(Node *clause, List **relids, List **vars) } /* - * NumRelids-- - * (formerly clause-relids) + * NumRelids + * (formerly clause_relids) * * Returns the number of different relations referenced in 'clause'. */ @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ NumRelids(Node *clause) } /* - * contains-not-- + * contains_not * * Returns t iff the clause is a 'not' clause or if any of the * subclauses within an 'or' clause contain 'not's. @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ contains_not(Node *clause) } /* - * is_joinable-- + * is_joinable * * Returns t iff 'clause' is a valid join clause. * @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ is_joinable(Node *clause) } /* - * qual-clause-p-- + * qual_clause_p * * Returns t iff 'clause' is a valid qualification clause. * @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ qual_clause_p(Node *clause) } /* - * fix-opid-- + * fix_opid * Calculate the opfid from the opno... * * Returns nothing. @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ fix_opid(Node *clause) } /* - * fix-opids-- + * fix_opids * Calculate the opfid from the opno for all the clauses... * * Returns its argument. @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ fix_opids(List *clauses) } /* - * get_relattval-- + * get_relattval * For a non-join clause, returns a list consisting of the * relid, * attno, @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ get_relattval(Node *clause, } /* - * get_relsatts-- + * get_relsatts * * Returns a list * ( relid1 attno1 relid2 attno2 ) diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c index dafeb8ddee3..64fcbbf8517 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * indexnode.c-- + * indexnode.c * Routines to find all indices on a relation * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/indexnode.c,v 1.13 1999/02/12 05:56:55 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/indexnode.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:16:43 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ static List *find_secondary_index(Query *root, Oid relid); /* - * find-relation-indices-- + * find_relation_indices * Returns a list of index nodes containing appropriate information for * each (secondary) index defined on a relation. * @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ find_relation_indices(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel) } /* - * find-secondary-index-- + * find_secondary_index * Creates a list of index path nodes containing information for each * secondary index defined on a relation by searching through the index * catalog. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c index dc28c95d79f..4b9dce6e5a3 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * joininfo.c-- + * joininfo.c * JoinInfo node manipulation routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.14 1999/02/10 21:02:40 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:16:45 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ /* - * joininfo-member-- + * joininfo_member * Determines whether a node has already been created for a join * between a set of join relations and the relation described by - * 'joininfo-list'. + * 'joininfo_list'. * - * 'join-relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the join relation - * 'joininfo-list' is the list of joininfo nodes against which this is + * 'join_relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the join relation + * 'joininfo_list' is the list of joininfo nodes against which this is * checked * - * Returns the corresponding node in 'joininfo-list' if such a node + * Returns the corresponding node in 'joininfo_list' if such a node * exists. * */ @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ joininfo_member(List *join_relids, List *joininfo_list) /* - * find-joininfo-node-- + * find_joininfo_node * Find the joininfo node within a relation entry corresponding - * to a join between 'this_rel' and the relations in 'join-relids'. A + * to a join between 'this_rel' and the relations in 'join_relids'. A * new node is created and added to the relation entry's joininfo * field if the desired one can't be found. * @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ find_joininfo_node(RelOptInfo *this_rel, List *join_relids) } /* - * other-join-clause-var-- + * other_join_clause_var * Determines whether a var node is contained within a joinclause * of the form(op var var). * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c index b82c807e7e0..cfd2f26d26a 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * keys.c-- + * keys.c * Key manipulation routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/keys.c,v 1.16 1999/02/11 17:00:48 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/keys.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:16:45 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ static bool equal_indexkey_var(int index_key, Var *var); * where subkeyI is a var node * note that the 'Keys field is a list of these * 3. join key - * (outer-subkey inner-subkey) + * (outer_subkey inner_subkey) * where each subkey is a var node * 4. sort key * one of: @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ static bool equal_indexkey_var(int index_key, Var *var); */ /* - * match-indexkey-operand-- - * Returns t iff an index key 'index-key' matches the given clause + * match_indexkey_operand + * Returns t iff an index key 'index_key' matches the given clause * operand. * */ @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ match_indexkey_operand(int indexkey, Var *operand, RelOptInfo *rel) } /* - * equal_indexkey_var-- - * Returns t iff an index key 'index-key' matches the corresponding + * equal_indexkey_var + * Returns t iff an index key 'index_key' matches the corresponding * fields of var node 'var'. * */ @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ equal_indexkey_var(int index_key, Var *var) } /* - * extract-join-subkey-- + * extract_join_subkey * Returns the subkey in a join key corresponding to the outer or inner * relation. * @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ extract_join_subkey(JoinKey *jk, int which_subkey) } /* - * pathkeys_match-- + * pathkeys_match * Returns t iff two sets of path keys are equivalent. They are * equivalent if the first Var nodes match the second Var nodes. * @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ pathkeys_match(List *keys1, List *keys2, int *better_key) } /* - * collect-index-pathkeys-- + * collect_index_pathkeys * Creates a list of subkeys by retrieving var nodes corresponding to - * each index key in 'index-keys' from the relation's target list + * each index key in 'index_keys' from the relation's target list * 'tlist'. If the key is not in the target list, the key is irrelevant * and is thrown away. The returned subkey list is of the form: * ((var1) (var2) ... (varn)) * - * 'index-keys' is a list of index keys + * 'index_keys' is a list of index keys * 'tlist' is a relation target list * * Returns the list of cons'd subkeys. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c index 268f16df0e2..eef0fbb3141 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * ordering.c-- + * ordering.c * Routines to manipulate and compare merge and path orderings * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/ordering.c,v 1.14 1999/02/11 21:05:28 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/ordering.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:16:46 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ static bool sortops_order_match(Oid *ordering1, Oid *ordering2, int *better_sort); /* - * equal-path-ordering-- + * equal_path_ordering * Returns t iff two path orderings are equal. * */ @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ pathorder_match(PathOrder *path_ordering1, } /* - * equal-path-merge-ordering-- + * equal_path_merge_ordering * Returns t iff a path ordering is usable for ordering a merge join. * * XXX Presently, this means that the first sortop of the path matches @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ equal_path_merge_ordering(Oid *path_ordering, } /* - * equal-merge-ordering-- + * equal_merge_ordering * Returns t iff two merge orderings are equal. * */ diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c index 5618ae6b76e..cf3072a8be7 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pathnode.c-- + * pathnode.c * Routines to manipulate pathlists and create path nodes * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.34 1999/02/12 06:43:37 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:16:46 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ static Path *better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new); *****************************************************************************/ /* - * path-is-cheaper-- + * path_is_cheaper * Returns t iff 'path1' is cheaper than 'path2'. * */ @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ path_is_cheaper(Path *path1, Path *path2) } /* - * set_cheapest-- + * set_cheapest * Finds the minimum cost path from among a relation's paths. * - * 'parent-rel' is the parent relation - * 'pathlist' is a list of path nodes corresponding to 'parent-rel' + * 'parent_rel' is the parent relation + * 'pathlist' is a list of path nodes corresponding to 'parent_rel' * * Returns and sets the relation entry field with the pathnode that * is minimum. @@ -86,14 +86,14 @@ set_cheapest(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, List *pathlist) } /* - * add_pathlist-- - * For each path in the list 'new-paths', add to the list 'unique-paths' + * add_pathlist + * For each path in the list 'new_paths', add to the list 'unique_paths' * only those paths that are unique (i.e., unique ordering and ordering * keys). Should a conflict arise, the more expensive path is thrown out, * thereby pruning the plan space. But we don't prune if xfunc * told us not to. * - * 'parent-rel' is the relation entry to which these paths correspond. + * 'parent_rel' is the relation entry to which these paths correspond. * * Returns the list of unique pathnodes. * @@ -140,15 +140,15 @@ add_pathlist(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, List *unique_paths, List *new_paths) } /* - * better_path-- - * Determines whether 'new-path' has the same ordering and keys as some - * path in the list 'unique-paths'. If there is a redundant path, + * better_path + * Determines whether 'new_path' has the same ordering and keys as some + * path in the list 'unique_paths'. If there is a redundant path, * eliminate the more expensive path. * * Returns: - * The old path - if 'new-path' matches some path in 'unique-paths' and is + * The old path - if 'new_path' matches some path in 'unique_paths' and is * cheaper - * nil - if 'new-path' matches but isn't cheaper + * nil - if 'new_path' matches but isn't cheaper * t - if there is no path in the list with the same ordering and keys * */ @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * create_seqscan_path-- + * create_seqscan_path * Creates a path corresponding to a sequential scan, returning the * pathnode. * @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel) pathnode->pathkeys = NIL; /* - * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing -- + * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing * JMH, 7/7/92 */ pathnode->loc_restrictinfo = (List *) copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo); @@ -311,13 +311,13 @@ create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel) } /* - * create_index_path-- + * create_index_path * Creates a single path node for an index scan. * * 'rel' is the parent rel * 'index' is the pathnode for the index on 'rel' - * 'restriction-clauses' is a list of restriction clause nodes. - * 'is-join-scan' is a flag indicating whether or not the index is being + * 'restriction_clauses' is a list of restriction clause nodes. + * 'is_join_scan' is a flag indicating whether or not the index is being * considered because of its sort order. * * Returns the new path node. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ create_index_path(Query *root, pathnode->indexqual = NIL; /* - * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing -- + * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing * JMH, 7/7/92 */ pathnode->path.loc_restrictinfo = set_difference((List *) copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo), @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ create_index_path(Query *root, } /* - * create_nestloop_path-- + * create_nestloop_path * Creates a pathnode corresponding to a nestloop join between two * relations. * @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel, } /* - * create_mergejoin_path-- + * create_mergejoin_path * Creates a pathnode corresponding to a mergejoin join between * two relations * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c index 0a852553944..79d6c2fe310 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * plancat.c-- + * plancat.c * routines for accessing the system catalogs * * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.24 1999/02/03 21:16:52 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:16:47 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static void IndexSelectivity(Oid indexrelid, Oid indrelid, int32 nIndexKeys, /* - * relation-info - + * relation_info - * Retrieves catalog information for a given relation. Given the oid of * the relation, return the following information: * whether the relation has secondary indices @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ relation_info(Query *root, Index relid, /* - * index-info-- + * index_info * Retrieves catalog information on an index on a given relation. * * The index relation is opened on the first invocation. The current @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ index_info(Query *root, bool first, int relid, IdxInfoRetval *info) } /* - * index-selectivity-- + * index_selectivity * * Call util/plancat.c:IndexSelectivity with the indicated arguments. * @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ index_selectivity(Oid indid, } /* - * restriction_selectivity in lisp system.-- + * restriction_selectivity in lisp system. * * NOTE: The routine is now merged with RestrictionClauseSelectivity * as defined in plancat.c @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ restriction_selectivity(Oid functionObjectId, } /* - * join_selectivity-- + * join_selectivity * Similarly, this routine is merged with JoinClauseSelectivity in * plancat.c * @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ join_selectivity(Oid functionObjectId, } /* - * find_all_inheritors-- + * find_all_inheritors * * Returns a LISP list containing the OIDs of all relations which * inherits from the relation with OID 'inhparent'. @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ find_inheritance_children(Oid inhparent) #ifdef NOT_USED /* - * VersionGetParents-- + * VersionGetParents * * Returns a LISP list containing the OIDs of all relations which are * base relations of the relation with OID 'verrelid'. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ VersionGetParents(Oid verrelid) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * IdexSelectivity-- + * IdexSelectivity * * Retrieves the 'amopnpages' and 'amopselect' parameters for each * AM operator when a given index (specified by 'indexrelid') is used. diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c index fd474f65c07..1b0c1d69474 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * relnode.c-- + * relnode.c * Relation manipulation routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.12 1999/02/12 05:56:58 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:48 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ /* - * get_base_rel-- + * get_base_rel * Returns relation entry corresponding to 'relid', creating a new one if * necessary. This is for base relations. * @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ get_base_rel(Query *root, int relid) } /* - * get_join_rel-- + * get_join_rel * Returns relation entry corresponding to 'relid' (a list of relids), * creating a new one if necessary. This is for join relations. * @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ get_join_rel(Query *root, List *relid) } /* - * rel-member-- + * rel_member * Determines whether a relation of id 'relid' is contained within a list * 'rels'. * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c index 22ffe665e2e..374533a4222 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * restrictinfo.c-- + * restrictinfo.c * RestrictInfo node manipulation routines. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.1 1999/02/05 19:59:31 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:16:49 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ #include "optimizer/restrictinfo.h" /* - * valid-or-clause-- + * valid_or_clause * * Returns t iff the restrictinfo node contains a 'normal' 'or' clause. * */ bool -valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo * restrictinfo) +valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo) { if (restrictinfo != NULL && !single_node((Node *) restrictinfo->clause) && @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo * restrictinfo) } /* - * get-actual-clauses-- + * get_actual_clauses * - * Returns a list containing the clauses from 'restrictinfo-list'. + * Returns a list containing the clauses from 'restrictinfo_list'. * */ List * @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ get_actual_clauses(List *restrictinfo_list) */ /* - * get_relattvals-- + * get_relattvals * For each member of a list of restrictinfo nodes to be used with an * index, create a vectori-long specifying: * the attnos, @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ get_actual_clauses(List *restrictinfo_list) * flag indicating whether the constant is on the left or right should * always be *SELEC-CONSTANT-RIGHT*. * - * 'restrictinfo-list' is a list of restrictinfo nodes + * 'restrictinfo_list' is a list of restrictinfo nodes * * Returns a list of vectori-longs. * @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ get_relattvals(List *restrictinfo_list, } /* - * get_joinvars -- + * get_joinvars * Given a list of join restrictinfo nodes to be used with the index * of an inner join relation, return three lists consisting of: * the attributes corresponding to the inner join relation @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ get_relattvals(List *restrictinfo_list, * the operator. * * 'relid' is the inner join relation - * 'restrictinfo-list' is a list of qualification clauses to be used with + * 'restrictinfo_list' is a list of qualification clauses to be used with * 'rel' * */ @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ get_joinvars(Oid relid, } /* - * get_opnos-- + * get_opnos * Create and return a list containing the clause operators of each member * of a list of restrictinfo nodes to be used with an index. * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c index f844ca89060..29013f59ffd 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * tlist.c-- + * tlist.c * Target list manipulation routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.25 1999/02/10 21:02:43 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.26 1999/02/13 23:16:49 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ static Node *flatten_tlistentry(Node *tlistentry, List *flat_tlist); *****************************************************************************/ /* - * tlistentry-member-- + * tlistentry_member * * RETURNS: the leftmost member of sequence "targetlist" that satisfies * the predicate "var_equal" * MODIFIES: nothing * REQUIRES: test = function which can operate on a lispval union - * var = valid var-node + * var = valid var_node * targetlist = valid sequence */ TargetEntry * @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ tlistentry_member(Var *var, List *targetlist) } /* - * matching_tlvar-- + * matching_tlvar * * RETURNS: var node in a target list which is var_equal to 'var', * if one exists. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ matching_tlvar(Var *var, List *targetlist) } /* - * add_tl_element-- + * add_var_to_tlist * Creates a targetlist entry corresponding to the supplied var node * * 'var' and adds the new targetlist entry to the targetlist field of @@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ matching_tlvar(Var *var, List *targetlist) * RETURNS: nothing * MODIFIES: vartype and varid fields of leftmost varnode that matches * argument "var" (sometimes). - * CREATES: new var-node iff no matching var-node exists in targetlist + * CREATES: new var_node iff no matching var_node exists in targetlist */ void -add_tl_element(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var) +add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var) { Expr *oldvar = (Expr *) NULL; @@ -121,12 +121,12 @@ add_tl_element(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var) } /* - * create_tl_element-- + * create_tl_element * Creates a target list entry node and its associated (resdom var) pair * with its resdom number equal to 'resdomno' and the joinlist field set * to 'joinlist'. * - * RETURNS: newly created tlist-entry + * RETURNS: newly created tlist_entry * CREATES: new targetlist entry (always). */ TargetEntry * @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ create_tl_element(Var *var, int resdomno) } /* - * get-actual-tlist-- + * get_actual_tlist * Returns the targetlist elements from a relation tlist. * */ @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ get_actual_tlist(List *tlist) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * tlist-member-- + * tlist_member * Determines whether a var node is already contained within a * target list. * @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ tlist_resdom(List *tlist, Resdom *resnode) /* - * match_varid-- + * match_varid * Searches a target list for an entry with some desired varid. * * 'varid' is the desired id @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ match_varid(Var *test_var, List *tlist) /* - * new-unsorted-tlist-- + * new_unsorted_tlist * Creates a copy of a target list by creating new resdom nodes * without sort information. * @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ new_unsorted_tlist(List *targetlist) } /* - * copy-vars-- + * copy_vars * Replaces the var nodes in the first target list with those from * the second target list. The two target lists are assumed to be * identical except their actual resdoms and vars are different. @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ copy_vars(List *target, List *source) } /* - * flatten-tlist-- + * flatten_tlist * Create a target list that only contains unique variables. * * @@ -407,13 +407,13 @@ flatten_tlist(List *tlist) } /* - * flatten-tlist-vars-- + * flatten_tlist_vars * Redoes the target list of a query with no nested attributes by * replacing vars within computational expressions with vars from * the 'flattened' target list of the query. * - * 'full-tlist' is the actual target list - * 'flat-tlist' is the flattened (var-only) target list + * 'full_tlist' is the actual target list + * 'flat_tlist' is the flattened (var-only) target list * * Returns the modified actual target list. * @@ -437,12 +437,12 @@ flatten_tlist_vars(List *full_tlist, List *flat_tlist) } /* - * flatten-tlistentry-- + * flatten_tlistentry * Replaces vars within a target list entry with vars from a flattened * target list. * * 'tlistentry' is the target list entry to be modified - * 'flat-tlist' is the flattened target list + * 'flat_tlist' is the flattened target list * * Returns the (modified) target_list entry from the target list. * diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c index 462fd9e7df6..0e4b350c52c 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * var.c-- + * var.c * Var node manipulation routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.15 1999/01/24 00:28:22 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:16:50 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ pull_varnos(Node *me) } /* - * contain_var_clause-- + * contain_var_clause * Recursively find var nodes from a clause by pulling vars from the * left and right operands of the clause. * @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ contain_var_clause(Node *clause) } /* - * pull_var_clause-- + * pull_var_clause * Recursively pulls all var nodes from a clause by pulling vars from the * left and right operands of the clause. * diff --git a/src/backend/parser/analyze.c b/src/backend/parser/analyze.c index ada18bb71d3..3a06e856a02 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/analyze.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/analyze.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * analyze.c-- + * analyze.c * transform the parse tree into a query tree * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: analyze.c,v 1.98 1999/02/08 14:14:11 wieck Exp $ + * $Id: analyze.c,v 1.99 1999/02/13 23:16:51 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/gram.c b/src/backend/parser/gram.c index aeeb860d7aa..99c2247a534 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/gram.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/gram.c @@ -235,14 +235,14 @@ /*#define YYDEBUG 1*/ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * gram.y-- + * gram.y * POSTGRES SQL YACC rules/actions * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/gram.c,v 2.71 1999/02/09 06:30:40 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/gram.c,v 2.72 1999/02/13 23:16:54 momjian Exp $ * * HISTORY * AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT diff --git a/src/backend/parser/gram.y b/src/backend/parser/gram.y index b649ceba36c..523b8728cc4 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/gram.y +++ b/src/backend/parser/gram.y @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ /*#define YYDEBUG 1*/ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * gram.y-- + * gram.y * POSTGRES SQL YACC rules/actions * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/gram.y,v 2.54 1999/02/08 14:14:12 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/gram.y,v 2.55 1999/02/13 23:17:03 momjian Exp $ * * HISTORY * AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT diff --git a/src/backend/parser/keywords.c b/src/backend/parser/keywords.c index b9af71dc46b..781ec5dc635 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/keywords.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/keywords.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * keywords.c-- + * keywords.c * lexical token lookup for reserved words in postgres SQL * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/keywords.c,v 1.53 1999/02/08 14:14:13 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/keywords.c,v 1.54 1999/02/13 23:17:05 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c index 2e810927dc5..a27c00c56f0 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * parse_agg.c-- + * parse_agg.c * handle aggregates in parser * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.16 1999/01/24 00:28:29 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:17:06 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ static bool exprIsAggOrGroupCol(Node *expr, List *groupClause); static bool tleIsAggOrGroupCol(TargetEntry *tle, List *groupClause); /* - * contain_agg_clause-- + * contain_agg_clause * Recursively find aggref nodes from a clause. * * Returns true if any aggregate found. diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c index 8660e03f0f6..41984a7927b 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * parse_clause.c-- + * parse_clause.c * handle clauses in parser * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.27 1999/02/02 12:57:51 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:17:07 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static void parseFromClause(ParseState *pstate, List *frmList); /* * makeRangeTable - * make a range table with the specified relation (optional) and the - * from-clause. + * from_clause. */ void makeRangeTable(ParseState *pstate, char *relname, List *frmList) diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c index c0bc9912d81..fbe5898ded2 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.37 1999/02/03 21:16:58 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:17:08 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ typedef struct _SuperQE } SuperQE; /* - ** ParseNestedFuncOrColumn -- + ** ParseNestedFuncOrColumn ** Given a nested dot expression (i.e. (relation func ... attr), build up ** a tree with of Iter and Func nodes. */ @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ make_arguments(ParseState *pstate, } /* - ** setup_tlist -- + ** setup_tlist ** Build a tlist that says which attribute to project to. ** This routine is called by ParseFuncOrColumn() to set up a target list ** on a tuple parameter or return value. Due to a bug in 4.0, @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ setup_tlist(char *attname, Oid relid) } /* - ** setup_base_tlist -- + ** setup_base_tlist ** Build a tlist that extracts a base type from the tuple ** returned by the executor. */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c index 19562927e4a..9665fa379e4 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * parse_node.c-- + * parse_node.c * various routines that make nodes for query plans * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c,v 1.23 1998/10/01 22:45:32 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:17:09 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c index 445c8bf4c13..9f40bcb3171 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * parse_relation.c-- + * parse_relation.c * parser support routines dealing with relations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 04:30:36 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:17:10 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parser.c b/src/backend/parser/parser.c index ebdb0c2e6b1..5361be4ca19 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parser.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parser.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * parser.c-- + * parser.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parser.c,v 1.36 1998/09/01 04:30:40 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parser.c,v 1.37 1999/02/13 23:17:10 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/scan.c b/src/backend/parser/scan.c index 4ef045c4651..92361b4dcb9 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/scan.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/scan.c @@ -549,14 +549,14 @@ char *yytext; #line 2 "scan.l" /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * scan.l-- + * scan.l * lexical scanner for POSTGRES * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/scan.c,v 1.34 1999/02/09 03:51:39 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/scan.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:17:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/scan.l b/src/backend/parser/scan.l index 0ddcd0aba7c..a79d0f8dc66 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/scan.l +++ b/src/backend/parser/scan.l @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ %{ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * scan.l-- + * scan.l * lexical scanner for POSTGRES * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scan.l,v 1.45 1999/02/07 23:58:10 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scan.l,v 1.46 1999/02/13 23:17:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/parser/scansup.c b/src/backend/parser/scansup.c index b44e51da869..36a5734bb3e 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/scansup.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/scansup.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * scansup.c-- + * scansup.c * support routines for the lex/flex scanner, used by both the normal * backend as well as the bootstrap backend * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scansup.c,v 1.11 1999/02/07 23:59:59 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scansup.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:17:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/alpha.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/alpha.h index bae85b4929c..a06ef4cd0a8 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/alpha.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/alpha.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * alpha.h-- + * alpha.h * prototypes for OSF/1-specific routines * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: alpha.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:30:52 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: alpha.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:15 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsd.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsd.h index d03655066db..6ac127290c1 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsd.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsd.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for NetBSD 1.0 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: bsd.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:30:55 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: bsd.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.c b/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.c index 1e62b58ad68..fd1fbd73b8e 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.c +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dynloader.c-- + * dynloader.c * Dynamic Loader for Postgres for Linux, generated from those for * Ultrix. * diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.h index 8f8c5ee5633..19a5fccc64a 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/bsdi.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * port-protos.h,v 1.2 1995/05/25 22:51:03 andrew Exp + * port_protos.h,v 1.2 1995/05/25 22:51:03 andrew Exp * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/dgux.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/dgux.h index ce5f80fb142..604e18709c6 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/dgux.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/dgux.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dgux.h-- + * dgux.h * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: dgux.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:30:58 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: dgux.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:19 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.h index 8dfb5fc362d..609d3cbe209 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for NetBSD 1.0 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: freebsd.h,v 1.1 1998/10/27 04:41:29 scrappy Exp $ + * $Id: freebsd.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:17:19 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c b/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c index e237572337c..6450bad0472 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dynloader.c-- + * dynloader.c * dynamic loader for HP-UX using the shared library mechanism * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c,v 1.6 1999/01/17 03:04:50 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:17:20 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * all functions are defined here -- it's impossible to trace the diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h index b215725a1c4..1543ce201b2 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dynloader.h-- + * dynloader.h * dynamic loader for HP-UX using the shared library mechanism * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h,v 1.1 1998/01/26 02:48:36 scrappy Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:17:21 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * all functions are defined here -- it's impossible to trace the diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/irix5.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/irix5.h index 0f66ea5074e..020aa0d88f9 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/irix5.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/irix5.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for Irix 5 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * port-protos.h,v 1.2 1995/03/17 06:40:18 andrew Exp + * port_protos.h,v 1.2 1995/03/17 06:40:18 andrew Exp * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c b/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c index c7480e0be98..34ff0ff63bb 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dynloader.c-- + * dynloader.c * Dynamic Loader for Postgres for Linux, generated from those for * Ultrix. * @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:24:40 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:17:22 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.h index 5a7741d8f58..c629e106ac7 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for Linux * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: linux.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:31:01 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: linux.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:23 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/nextstep.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/nextstep.h index ecaf48beb21..6867aca294d 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/nextstep.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/nextstep.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for NeXT * diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/sco.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/sco.h index c00e8910d63..803158201b6 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/sco.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/sco.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for SCO 3.2v5.2 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: sco.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:04 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: sco.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:25 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_i386.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_i386.h index a4bfcc9c773..803647af79f 100755 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_i386.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_i386.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: solaris_i386.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:06 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: solaris_i386.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:25 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_sparc.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_sparc.h index 6a876fe267c..543f5f940b8 100755 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_sparc.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/solaris_sparc.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: solaris_sparc.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:07 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: solaris_sparc.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:26 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/sunos4.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/sunos4.h index 3ff9d7d4992..c9c7960656e 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/sunos4.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/sunos4.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: sunos4.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:08 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: sunos4.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:27 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/svr4.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/svr4.h index 1829fa7b6c1..b4c96a05d63 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/svr4.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/svr4.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dynloader.h-- + * dynloader.h * port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/Intel SVR4 * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: svr4.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:10 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: svr4.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:27 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c b/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c index fe786c6921b..96f2f200833 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dynloader.c-- + * dynloader.c * This dynamic loader uses Andrew Yu's libdl-1.0 package for Ultrix 4.x. * (Note that pg_dlsym and pg_dlclose are actually macros defined in * "port-protos.h".) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c,v 1.4 1999/01/17 03:04:50 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.h index 8848ec0b184..65561b29759 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.h @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dl.h-- + * dl.h * * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: ultrix4.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:11 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: ultrix4.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* * Ultrix 4.x Dynamic Loader Library Version 1.0 * - * dl.h-- + * dl.h * header file for the Dynamic Loader Library * * diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/univel.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/univel.h index c8b2e70b108..9b047448bcf 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/univel.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/univel.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * univel.h-- + * univel.h * port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/UNIXWARE * * diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/unixware.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/unixware.h index 8aed609b67e..25470fb2c5e 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/unixware.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/unixware.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * unixware.h-- + * unixware.h * port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/UNIXWARE 7 * * diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/win.h b/src/backend/port/dynloader/win.h index e7215e52713..4f83b14ccf7 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/win.h +++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/win.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * win.h-- + * win.h * port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/Window NT * * diff --git a/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h b/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h index 7d17077f197..8a96ad7cf29 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h +++ b/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * fixade.h-- + * fixade.h * compiler tricks to make things work while POSTGRES does non-native * dereferences on PA-RISC. * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: fixade.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:31:16 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: fixade.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:33 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This must be included in EVERY source file. diff --git a/src/backend/port/hpux/port-protos.h b/src/backend/port/hpux/port-protos.h index 968c9ab006f..2bfa0a27324 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/hpux/port-protos.h +++ b/src/backend/port/hpux/port-protos.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * port-protos.h-- + * port_protos.h * port-specific prototypes for HP-UX * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: port-protos.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:31:17 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: port-protos.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:17:34 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/port/sunos4/float.h b/src/backend/port/sunos4/float.h index f190d315ba1..eabdc54e5bc 100644 --- a/src/backend/port/sunos4/float.h +++ b/src/backend/port/sunos4/float.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * float.h-- + * float.h * definitions for ANSI floating point * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: float.h,v 1.3 1998/09/01 04:31:19 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: float.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:17:37 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * These come straight out of ANSI X3.159-1989 (p.18) and diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c b/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c index 4ae3d7234ba..7dad294bc9b 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * postmaster.c-- + * postmaster.c * This program acts as a clearing house for requests to the * POSTGRES system. Frontend programs send a startup message * to the Postmaster and the postmaster uses the info in the @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.100 1999/01/30 20:04:37 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.101 1999/02/13 23:17:40 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/locks.c b/src/backend/rewrite/locks.c index 53809266b28..c73cdd8784a 100644 --- a/src/backend/rewrite/locks.c +++ b/src/backend/rewrite/locks.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * locks.c-- + * locks.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/Attic/locks.c,v 1.16 1999/01/25 18:02:18 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/Attic/locks.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:17:44 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c index a1145402d86..bb046c5e458 100644 --- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c +++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rewriteDefine.c-- + * rewriteDefine.c * routines for defining a rewrite rule * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.24 1999/02/08 14:14:13 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:17:46 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c index 39db238704d..b7c91ec07b5 100644 --- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c +++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rewriteHandler.c-- + * rewriteHandler.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.34 1999/02/03 21:17:04 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:17:47 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c index f67b1c6fb8e..95267241c5b 100644 --- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c +++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rewriteManip.c-- + * rewriteManip.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.28 1999/02/08 01:39:45 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:17:49 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c index 8be2f413cfc..3765339b1d8 100644 --- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c +++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rewriteRemove.c-- + * rewriteRemove.c * routines for removing rewrite rules * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c,v 1.21 1998/12/15 12:46:16 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:17:50 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c index d8603701dc2..79ad5afed7a 100644 --- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c +++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rewriteSupport.c-- + * rewriteSupport.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:17:08 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:17:52 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c index 620708aaae3..4dd1b0cefe3 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * buf_init.c-- + * buf_init.c * buffer manager initialization routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c,v 1.20 1998/12/15 12:46:18 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:17:54 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c index 2a932c6452e..0b4e0ea58fb 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * buf_table.c-- + * buf_table.c * routines for finding buffers in the buffer pool. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 03:25:00 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:17:55 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c index 404b28e5620..19ed9f3afd7 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * bufmgr.c-- + * bufmgr.c * buffer manager interface routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.47 1999/02/03 21:17:09 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:17:57 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ extern int ShowPinTrace; * defined */ /* - * ReadBuffer -- + * ReadBuffer * */ Buffer @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ BufferAlloc(Relation reln, } /* - * WriteBuffer-- + * WriteBuffer * * Pushes buffer contents to disk if WriteMode is BUFFER_FLUSH_WRITE. * Otherwise, marks contents as dirty. @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ WaitIO(BufferDesc *buf, SPINLOCK spinlock) } /* - * SignalIO -- + * SignalIO */ static void SignalIO(BufferDesc *buf) @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ FlushBufferPool(int StableMainMemoryFlag) } /* - * BufferGetBlockNumber -- + * BufferGetBlockNumber * Returns the block number associated with a buffer. * * Note: @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ BufferGetBlockNumber(Buffer buffer) #ifdef NOT_USED /* - * BufferGetRelation -- + * BufferGetRelation * Returns the relation desciptor associated with a buffer. * * Note: @@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ BufferReplace(BufferDesc *bufHdr, bool bufferLockHeld) } /* - * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks -- + * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks * Returns the buffer descriptor associated with a page in a relation. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c index 8b853ec7c6d..ba2026ae37c 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * freelist.c-- + * freelist.c * routines for manipulating the buffer pool's replacement strategy * freelist. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:31:42 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:17:59 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ extern SPINLOCK BufMgrLock; /* - * AddBufferToFreelist -- + * AddBufferToFreelist * * In theory, this is the only routine that needs to be changed * if the buffer replacement strategy changes. Just change diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c index f4be40723fd..81c16d36e98 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * localbuf.c-- + * localbuf.c * local buffer manager. Fast buffer manager for temporary tables * or special cases when the operation is not visible to other backends. * @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:17:12 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:18:00 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c index 6b43b08bb58..10b649f3ef6 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * s_lock.c-- + * s_lock.c * buffer manager interface routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/Attic/s_lock.c,v 1.16 1999/01/17 03:04:51 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/Attic/s_lock.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:18:02 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c b/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c index 36db311540d..0cf8478959d 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * fd.c-- + * fd.c * Virtual file descriptor code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Id: fd.c,v 1.36 1999/02/03 21:17:14 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: fd.c,v 1.37 1999/02/13 23:18:05 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES: * diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c index 2e63408eaa0..511893657f5 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * ipc.c-- + * ipc.c * POSTGRES inter-process communication definitions. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.34 1998/09/02 23:05:30 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:18:09 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c index 47305f3f087..0a75af6c3e0 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * ipci.c-- + * ipci.c * POSTGRES inter-process communication initialization code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.17 1998/12/15 12:46:24 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:18:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "miscadmin.h" /* for DebugLvl */ /* - * SystemPortAddressCreateMemoryKey -- + * SystemPortAddressCreateMemoryKey * Returns a memory key given a port address. */ IPCKey @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ SystemPortAddressCreateIPCKey(SystemPortAddress address) } /* - * CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores -- + * CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores * Creates and initializes shared memory and semaphores. */ /************************************************** @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores(IPCKey key) /* - * AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores -- + * AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores * Attachs existant shared memory and semaphores. */ void diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c index d09c2f6dd90..afc32068980 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * shmem.c-- + * shmem.c * create shared memory and initialize shared memory data structures. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c,v 1.35 1999/02/03 21:17:16 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c,v 1.36 1999/02/13 23:18:13 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ ShmemIndexReset(void) } /* - * CreateSharedRegion() -- + * CreateSharedRegion() * * This routine is called once by the postmaster to * initialize the shared buffer pool. Assume there is diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c index c460beaf900..6ab9a183cfc 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * shmqueue.c-- + * shmqueue.c * shared memory linked lists * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:31:50 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:18:13 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c index 7c4ceaca43b..ec271bd963b 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * sinval.c-- + * sinval.c * POSTGRES shared cache invalidation communication code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:31:52 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:18:14 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ InitSharedInvalidationState(void) } /* - * RegisterSharedInvalid -- + * RegisterSharedInvalid * Returns a new local cache invalidation state containing a new entry. * * Note: @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ RegisterSharedInvalid(int cacheId, /* XXX */ } /* - * InvalidateSharedInvalid -- + * InvalidateSharedInvalid * Processes all entries in a shared cache invalidation state. */ /****************************************************************************/ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c index 806b7806646..0eee0c80222 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * sinvaladt.c-- + * sinvaladt.c * POSTGRES shared cache invalidation segment definitions. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c,v 1.15 1998/09/01 04:31:53 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:18:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ SISetDeadProcess(SISeg *segP, int backendId) } /* - * CleanupInvalidationState -- + * CleanupInvalidationState * Note: * This is a temporary hack. ExitBackend should call this instead * of exit (via on_shmem_exit). diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/spin.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/spin.c index 2bd88356fe7..3fe692ff088 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/spin.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/spin.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * spin.c-- + * spin.c * routines for managing spin locks * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/Attic/spin.c,v 1.17 1998/09/01 04:31:55 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/Attic/spin.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:18:17 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c b/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c index b8d13a21e22..4d21b82fa20 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * inv_api.c-- + * inv_api.c * routines for manipulating inversion fs large objects. This file * contains the user-level large object application interface routines. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c,v 1.48 1999/02/04 14:52:00 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c,v 1.49 1999/02/13 23:18:20 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ inv_write(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, char *buf, int nbytes) } /* - * inv_cleanindex -- + * inv_cleanindex * Clean opened indexes for large objects, and clears current result. * This is necessary on transaction commit in order to prevent buffer * leak. diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c index 385287d9b74..7d34499b017 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * lmgr.c-- + * lmgr.c * POSTGRES lock manager code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c,v 1.21 1998/12/16 11:53:48 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:18:24 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ InitLockTable() } /* - * RelationInitLockInfo -- + * RelationInitLockInfo * Initializes the lock information in a relation descriptor. */ void diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c index e64e28fc76e..39fac457a1c 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * lock.c-- + * lock.c * simple lock acquisition * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.40 1999/01/17 20:59:56 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:18:25 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Outside modules can create a lock table and acquire/release diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c index 97aa9c0b47d..6807e9d7cc0 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * multi.c-- + * multi.c * multi level lock table manager * * Standard multi-level lock manager as per the Gray paper @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/multi.c,v 1.26 1998/10/08 18:29:59 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/multi.c,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:18:27 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES: * (1) The lock.c module assumes that the caller here is doing diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c index 704448b16fc..de09b4a5b05 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * proc.c-- + * proc.c * routines to manage per-process shared memory data structure * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.47 1998/12/29 19:32:08 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:18:28 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ * This is so that we can support more backends. (system-wide semaphore * sets run out pretty fast.) -ay 4/95 * - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.47 1998/12/29 19:32:08 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:18:28 momjian Exp $ */ #include <sys/time.h> #include <unistd.h> diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/single.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/single.c index faf6a576df3..37aed3e53be 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/single.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/single.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * single.c-- + * single.c * set single locks in the multi-level lock hierarchy * * Sometimes we don't want to set all levels of the multi-level @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/single.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:25:26 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/single.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:18:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c b/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c index 674e5ecd996..69074ae2ce1 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * bufpage.c-- + * bufpage.c * POSTGRES standard buffer page code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.20 1998/09/01 04:32:04 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:18:31 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ static bool PageManagerShuffle = true; /* default is shuffle mode */ */ /* - * PageInit -- + * PageInit * Initializes the contents of a page. */ void @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ PageInit(Page page, Size pageSize, Size specialSize) } /* - * PageAddItem -- + * PageAddItem * Adds item to the given page. * * Note: @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ PageAddItem(Page page, } /* - * PageGetTempPage -- + * PageGetTempPage * Get a temporary page in local memory for special processing */ Page @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ PageGetTempPage(Page page, Size specialSize) } /* - * PageRestoreTempPage -- + * PageRestoreTempPage * Copy temporary page back to permanent page after special processing * and release the temporary page. */ @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ itemidcompare(const void *itemidp1, const void *itemidp2) } /* - * PageRepairFragmentation -- + * PageRepairFragmentation * Frees fragmented space on a page. */ void @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ PageRepairFragmentation(Page page) } /* - * PageGetFreeSpace -- + * PageGetFreeSpace * Returns the size of the free (allocatable) space on a page. */ Size @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ PageGetFreeSpace(Page page) } /* - * PageManagerModeSet -- + * PageManagerModeSet * * Sets mode to either: ShufflePageManagerMode (the default) or * OverwritePageManagerMode. For use by access methods code diff --git a/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c b/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c index f967566a49f..9e1353df5ec 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * itemptr.c-- + * itemptr.c * POSTGRES disk item pointer code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c,v 1.4 1998/09/01 03:25:29 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:18:33 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ #include "storage/bufpage.h" /* - * ItemPointerEquals -- + * ItemPointerEquals * Returns true if both item pointers point to the same item, * otherwise returns false. * diff --git a/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c b/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c index 762b49836c7..f411ad8a18a 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * md.c-- + * md.c * This code manages relations that reside on magnetic disk. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.40 1999/01/17 06:18:40 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:18:35 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c b/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c index b3e72e37d68..4ade36df00a 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * mm.c-- + * mm.c * main memory storage manager * * This code manages relations that reside in (presumably stable) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/Attic/mm.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:32:07 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/Attic/mm.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:18:36 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c b/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c index b8ed161aedd..8472d0b444c 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * smgr.c-- + * smgr.c * public interface routines to storage manager switch. * * All file system operations in POSTGRES dispatch through these @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c,v 1.21 1998/10/08 18:30:03 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:18:39 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c b/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c index 2e30f5baa1b..5f981c3b309 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * smgrtype.c-- + * smgrtype.c * storage manager type * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 03:25:37 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:18:40 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/dest.c b/src/backend/tcop/dest.c index 0d946287f37..9d8232e3af1 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/dest.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/dest.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dest.c-- + * dest.c * support for various communication destinations - see include/tcop/dest.h * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.24 1999/01/27 00:36:14 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:18:42 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c b/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c index ec609a5db7e..f9ea00df123 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * fastpath.c-- + * fastpath.c * routines to handle function requests from the frontend * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c,v 1.21 1998/09/01 04:32:11 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:18:44 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This cruft is the server side of PQfn. diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c b/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c index 961c76ccba6..059772767f9 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * postgres.c-- + * postgres.c * POSTGRES C Backend Interface * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.98 1999/02/02 03:44:51 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.99 1999/02/13 23:18:45 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * this is the "main" module of the postgres backend and @@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[]) if (!IsUnderPostmaster) { puts("\nPOSTGRES backend interactive interface "); - puts("$Revision: 1.98 $ $Date: 1999/02/02 03:44:51 $\n"); + puts("$Revision: 1.99 $ $Date: 1999/02/13 23:18:45 $\n"); } /* ---------------- diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c b/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c index abe3c31a9cc..3f0362e030a 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * pquery.c-- + * pquery.c * POSTGRES process query command code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.20 1999/02/08 14:14:14 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:18:47 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/utility.c b/src/backend/tcop/utility.c index fe0ebe2274b..5cf10f034b0 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/utility.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/utility.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * utility.c-- + * utility.c * Contains functions which control the execution of the POSTGRES utility * commands. At one time acted as an interface between the Lisp and C * systems. @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.54 1999/01/26 14:38:52 scrappy Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.55 1999/02/13 23:18:48 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c b/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c index 3a8ca434625..944b7766d8a 100644 --- a/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c +++ b/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* ************************************************************************ * - * Varray.c -- + * Varray.c * * routines to provide a generic set of functions to handle variable sized * arrays. originally by Jiang Wu diff --git a/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.c b/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.c index 0b0e9fa1872..855665159b6 100644 --- a/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.c +++ b/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * tgRecipe.c-- + * tgRecipe.c * Tioga recipe-related definitions * these functions can be used in both the frontend and the * backend @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tioga/Attic/tgRecipe.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:32:20 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tioga/Attic/tgRecipe.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:18:53 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h b/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h index b344bbaba98..70ed561c0ec 100644 --- a/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h +++ b/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * tgRecipe.h-- + * tgRecipe.h * Tioga recipe-related definitions and declarations * these functions can be used in both the frontend and the * backend @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: tgRecipe.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:32:21 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: tgRecipe.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:18:55 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ typedef struct _tgrecipe { TgElement elmValue; /* "inherits" TgElement attributes. */ Arr_TgNodePtr *allNodes; /* array of all nodes for this recipe. */ - Arr_TgNodePtr *rootNodes; /* array of root nodes for this recipe. -- + Arr_TgNodePtr *rootNodes; /* array of root nodes for this recipe. * root nodes are nodes with no parents */ Arr_TgNodePtr *eyes; /* array of pointers for the browser nodes * recipe, execution of recipe starts by diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c index 5e862ea6efd..2f3d45411a1 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * acl.c-- + * acl.c * Basic access control list data structures manipulation routines. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.32 1999/02/03 21:17:24 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:18:58 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c index 4cf840cfa90..a4f1842e5f9 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * arrayfuncs.c-- + * arrayfuncs.c * Special functions for arrays. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.37 1999/02/03 21:17:26 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:19:00 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ array_in(char *string, /* input array in external form */ } /*----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * _ArrayCount -- + * _ArrayCount * Counts the number of dimensions and the *dim array for an array string. * The syntax for array input is C-like nested curly braces *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c index a4253f983fc..a0fe502895a 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * arrayutils.c-- + * arrayutils.c * This file contains some support routines required for array functions. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:25:47 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:19:02 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c index 822d4cfad9e..57bb7c32721 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * bool.c-- + * bool.c * Functions for the built-in type "bool". * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c,v 1.15 1998/09/01 03:25:48 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:19:04 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c index c5dbe3faecf..2984555af02 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * char.c-- + * char.c * Functions for the built-in type "char". * Functions for the built-in type "cid". * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.20 1998/12/13 23:35:48 thomas Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:05 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c index 2f340f41ade..eb692526f89 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * chunk.c-- + * chunk.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/chunk.c,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:32:28 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/chunk.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:19:06 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ _ChunkArray(int fd, } /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * GetChunkSize -- + * GetChunkSize * given an access pattern and array dimensionality etc, this program * returns the dimensions of the chunk in "d" *----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ GetChunkSize(FILE *fd, } /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * _FindBestChunk -- + * _FindBestChunk * This routine does most of the number crunching to compute the * optimal chunk shape. * Called by GetChunkSize @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ _FindBestChunk(int size, } /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * get_next -- + * get_next * Called by _GetBestChunk to get the next tuple in the lexicographic order *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ seek_and_read(int pos, int size, char *buff, int fp, int from) #endif /* LOARRAY */ /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * _ReadChunkArray -- + * _ReadChunkArray * returns the subarray specified bu the range indices "st" and "endp" * from the chunked array stored in file "fp" *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ _ReadChunkArray(int *st, } /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ - * _ReadChunkArray1El -- + * _ReadChunkArray1El * returns one element of the chunked array as specified by the index "st" * the chunked file descriptor is "fp" *------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c index 5d7a5968246..7bb7fdf596c 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * date.c-- + * date.c * Utilities for the built-in type "AbsoluteTime" (defined in nabstime). * Functions for the built-in type "RelativeTime". * Functions for the built-in type "TimeInterval". @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.28 1998/10/08 18:30:05 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:19:07 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * This code is actually (almost) unused. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c index d369c7cf4da..658526678a1 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * datetime.c-- + * datetime.c * implements DATE and TIME data types specified in SQL-92 standard * * Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.27 1999/01/20 16:29:39 thomas Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:19:08 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c index 5b8fad492bc..79a9d205ebd 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * datum.c-- + * datum.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c,v 1.11 1998/09/01 03:25:55 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:19:09 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c index f05bfc5a9e6..a971e5006e2 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dt.c-- + * dt.c * Functions for the built-in type "dt". * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/dt.c,v 1.64 1999/02/13 05:34:24 thomas Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/dt.c,v 1.65 1999/02/13 23:19:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/filename.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/filename.c index 3f40ece5e5a..bb062132323 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/filename.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/filename.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * filename.c-- + * filename.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/filename.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 03:25:58 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/filename.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:19:13 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c index c9f4b0ee200..cc45ea1860e 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * float.c-- + * float.c * Functions for the built-in floating-point types. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.39 1999/01/24 00:12:59 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:19:14 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c index 3576e6d9edd..63f6be0cada 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * geo_ops.c-- + * geo_ops.c * 2D geometric operations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c,v 1.39 1998/10/29 18:11:28 thomas Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:19:16 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c index 9d011cdbb20..8b646903592 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * geo-selfuncs.c-- + * geo-selfuncs.c * Selectivity routines registered in the operator catalog in the * "oprrest" and "oprjoin" attributes. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:26:02 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:19:18 momjian Exp $ * * XXX These are totally bogus. * diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c index 2f03fd3f918..910c3fa5116 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * int.c-- + * int.c * Functions for the built-in integer types. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c,v 1.19 1998/09/22 20:28:09 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:19:20 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c index 1b020225945..e3506b2d91e 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * int8.c-- + * int8.c * Internal 64-bit integer operations * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c index eb764e7c01a..1b2b9cc1c5f 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * like.c-- + * like.c * like expression handling code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ textnlike(struct varlena * s, struct varlena * p) } -/* $Revision: 1.20 $ +/* $Revision: 1.21 $ ** "like.c" A first attempt at a LIKE operator for Postgres95. ** ** Originally written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c index c6c84357d7a..d7651355cf3 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * misc.c-- + * misc.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c,v 1.15 1998/09/01 04:32:39 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:19:23 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c index b6147490be7..f4a0da81814 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /* - * nabstime.c-- + * nabstime.c * parse almost any absolute date getdate(3) can (& some it can't) * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: nabstime.c,v 1.51 1998/12/31 16:30:59 thomas Exp $ + * $Id: nabstime.c,v 1.52 1999/02/13 23:19:24 momjian Exp $ * */ #include <stdio.h> diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c index e4f02f77c0d..d49eb9cb23c 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * name.c-- + * name.c * Functions for the built-in type "name". * name replaces char16 and is carefully implemented so that it * is a string of length NAMEDATALEN. DO NOT use hard-coded constants anywhere @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.16 1998/10/08 18:30:11 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:19:25 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c index 52d8cd0c17e..fb383046d58 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * not_in.c-- + * not_in.c * Executes the "not_in" operator for any data type * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:32:41 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:19:26 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c index 271863de381..71d3af6060c 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /* ---------- - * numeric.c - + * numeric.c * * An exact numeric data type for the Postgres database system * * 1998 Jan Wieck * - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.9 1999/01/05 11:10:45 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:19:28 momjian Exp $ * * ---------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c index 1cd1184f1c3..19a0f2d385b 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * numutils.c-- + * numutils.c * utility functions for I/O of built-in numeric types. * * integer: itoa, ltoa @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.28 1998/10/02 01:22:42 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:19:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c index bf5cbb56380..74ae4eb63b5 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * oid.c-- + * oid.c * Functions for the built-in type Oid. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c,v 1.21 1998/10/29 18:07:03 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:19:29 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c index bb24dff2e8b..f2f2ca8c00a 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * regexp.c-- + * regexp.c * regular expression handling code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c,v 1.21 1999/02/03 21:17:28 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:19:30 momjian Exp $ * * Alistair Crooks added the code for the regex caching * agc - cached the regular expressions used - there's a good chance diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c index b6b237d51fa..a1c37279e2b 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * regproc.c-- + * regproc.c * Functions for the built-in type "RegProcedure". * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.33 1998/11/27 19:52:22 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.34 1999/02/13 23:19:31 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c index 372c33547dc..b86ba4725c5 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * selfuncs.c-- + * selfuncs.c * Selectivity functions for system catalogs and builtin types * * These routines are registered in the operator catalog in the @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.24 1999/02/05 17:47:29 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:19:32 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/sets.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/sets.c index 6553e73214c..94b6a1157bb 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/sets.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/sets.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * sets.c-- + * sets.c * Functions for sets, which are defined by queries. * Example: a set is defined as being the result of the query * retrieve (X.all) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/sets.c,v 1.20 1998/12/15 12:46:34 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/sets.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:33 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c index 82a192db8e5..8de800ca24d 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * tid.c-- + * tid.c * Functions for the built-in type tuple id * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c,v 1.5 1998/02/26 04:37:22 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:19:34 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * input routine largely stolen from boxin(). diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c index 6413f488eb8..8a06e6f4fd0 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * varchar.c-- + * varchar.c * Functions for the built-in type char() and varchar(). * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.42 1998/10/06 03:02:20 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.43 1999/02/13 23:19:35 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c index 27f808712af..12095816fa1 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * varlena.c-- + * varlena.c * Functions for the variable-length built-in types. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.46 1998/12/13 23:35:48 thomas Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.47 1999/02/13 23:19:36 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c index f12723e0e17..3fdca40f862 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * version.c-- + * version.c * Returns the version string * * IDENTIFICATION * - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c,v 1.4 1998/10/12 05:09:55 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:19:36 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c index 0c682918ab2..1edc7300993 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * catcache.c-- + * catcache.c * System catalog cache for tuples matching a key. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.38 1999/02/03 21:17:30 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:19:39 momjian Exp $ * * Notes: * XXX This needs to use exception.h to handle recovery when @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ CatalogCacheSetId(CatCache *cacheInOutP, int id) #endif /* ---------------- - * comphash -- + * comphash * Compute a hash value, somehow. * * XXX explain algorithm here. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/fcache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/fcache.c index 5aa6393d96d..12ab4d883fc 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/fcache.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/fcache.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * fcache.c-- + * fcache.c * Code for the 'function cache' used in Oper and Func nodes.... * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/fcache.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:17:31 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/fcache.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:40 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c index 7c0d5363e39..d1b46fd5e10 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * inval.c-- + * inval.c * POSTGRES cache invalidation dispatcher code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:17:32 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:41 momjian Exp $ * * Note - this code is real crufty... * @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Oid MyAMOPRelationId = InvalidOid; */ /* -------------------------------- - * InvalidationEntryAllocate-- + * InvalidationEntryAllocate * Allocates an invalidation entry. * -------------------------------- */ @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ InvalidationEntryAllocate(uint16 size) } /* -------------------------------- - * LocalInvalidRegister -- + * LocalInvalidRegister * Returns a new local cache invalidation state containing a new entry. * -------------------------------- */ @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ LocalInvalidRegister(LocalInvalid invalid, } /* -------------------------------- - * LocalInvalidInvalidate-- + * LocalInvalidInvalidate * Processes, then frees all entries in a local cache * invalidation state. * -------------------------------- @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ InitLocalInvalidateData() /* - * DiscardInvalid -- + * DiscardInvalid * Causes the invalidated cache state to be discarded. * * Note: @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ DiscardInvalid() } /* - * RegisterInvalid -- + * RegisterInvalid * Causes registration of invalidated state with other backends iff true. * * Note: @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ RegisterInvalid(bool send) } /* - * RelationIdInvalidateHeapTuple -- + * RelationIdInvalidateHeapTuple * Causes the given tuple in a relation to be invalidated. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c index 1acdab4af75..335d98915e9 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * lsyscache.c-- + * lsyscache.c * Routines to access information within system caches * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c,v 1.23 1999/02/03 21:17:33 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:42 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Eventually, the index information should go through here, too. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ op_mergejoinable(Oid opno, Oid ltype, Oid rtype, Oid *leftOp, Oid *rightOp) } /* - * op_hashjoinable-- + * op_hashjoinable * * Returns the hash operator corresponding to a hashjoinable operator, * or nil if the operator is not hashjoinable. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c index 7b74fd08b73..0603f675520 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * rel.c-- + * rel.c * POSTGRES relation descriptor code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/rel.c,v 1.3 1997/09/08 21:48:53 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/rel.c,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:19:43 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ */ /* - * RelationGetIndexStrategy -- + * RelationGetIndexStrategy * Returns index strategy for a relation. * * Note: @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ RelationGetIndexStrategy(Relation relation) } /* - * RelationSetIndexSupport -- + * RelationSetIndexSupport * Sets index strategy and support info for a relation. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c index dbad63334c2..c9d008a055e 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * relcache.c-- + * relcache.c * POSTGRES relation descriptor cache code * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.57 1999/02/03 21:17:34 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.58 1999/02/13 23:19:44 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c index fe4e4c59c88..bd583ac0ce6 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * syscache.c-- + * syscache.c * System cache management routines * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c,v 1.23 1999/02/03 21:17:35 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:45 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * These routines allow the parser/planner/executor to perform @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ static int32 SysCacheSize = lengthof(cacheinfo); /* - * zerocaches-- + * zerocaches * * Make sure the SysCache structure is zero'd. */ @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ InitCatalogCache() } /* - * SearchSysCacheTupleCopy-- + * SearchSysCacheTupleCopy * * THis is like SearchSysCacheTuple, except it returns a copy of the tuple * that the user is required to pfree(). @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ SearchSysCacheTupleCopy(int cacheId, /* cache selection code */ /* - * SearchSysCacheTuple-- + * SearchSysCacheTuple * * A layer on top of SearchSysCache that does the initialization and * key-setting for you. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ SearchSysCacheTuple(int cacheId,/* cache selection code */ } /* - * SearchSysCacheStruct-- + * SearchSysCacheStruct * Fills 's' with the information retrieved by calling SearchSysCache() * with arguments key1...key4. Retrieves only the portion of the tuple * which is not variable-length. @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ SearchSysCacheStruct(int cacheId, /* cache selection code */ /* - * SearchSysCacheGetAttribute-- + * SearchSysCacheGetAttribute * Returns the attribute corresponding to 'attributeNumber' for * a given cached tuple. * @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ SearchSysCacheGetAttribute(int cacheId, } /* - * TypeDefaultRetrieve-- + * TypeDefaultRetrieve * * Given a type OID, return the typdefault field associated with that * type. The typdefault is returned as the car of a dotted pair which diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c index 99c75dbe543..60c949fa434 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * temprel.c-- + * temprel.c * POSTGRES temporary relation handling * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/temprel.c,v 1.1 1999/02/02 03:45:03 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/temprel.c,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:19:45 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c b/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c index 5f3312d9eaf..794b59bd7b2 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * assert.c-- + * assert.c * Assert code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:33:05 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:19:47 momjian Exp $ * * NOTE * This should eventually work with elog(), dlog(), etc. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c b/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c index 473fc06c3e1..5909bedec05 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * elog.c-- + * elog.c * error logger * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.38 1999/01/23 22:27:29 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:19:47 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static int Err_file = -1; static int ElogDebugIndentLevel = 0; /* - * elog -- + * elog * Old error logging function. */ void @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ elog(int lev, const char *fmt,...) * front-end program, write to it first. This is important because * there's a bug in the socket code on ultrix. If the front end has * gone away (so the channel to it has been closed at the other end), - * then writing here can cause this backend to exit without warning -- + * then writing here can cause this backend to exit without warning * that is, write() does an exit(). In this case, our only hope of * finding out what's going on is if Err_file was set to some disk * log. This is a major pain. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c b/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c index 5fc7b2188ae..aa556a62471 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * exc.c-- + * exc.c * POSTGRES exception handling code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/exc.c,v 1.23 1998/09/01 04:33:08 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/exc.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $ * * NOTE * XXX this code needs improvement--check for state violations and @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ extern char *ProgramName; */ /* - * EnableExceptionHandling -- + * EnableExceptionHandling * Enables/disables the exception handling system. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/excabort.c b/src/backend/utils/error/excabort.c index f956c42af01..c780ad79531 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/error/excabort.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/error/excabort.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * excabort.c-- + * excabort.c * Default exception abort code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excabort.c,v 1.5 1998/05/29 17:00:16 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excabort.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c b/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c index b75a6f46b02..bc92609e2b4 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * excid.c-- + * excid.c * POSTGRES known exception identifier code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excid.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 02:31:31 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excid.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -22,19 +22,19 @@ /* - * FailedAssertion -- + * FailedAssertion * Indicates an Assert(...) failed. */ Exception FailedAssertion = {"Failed Assertion"}; /* - * BadState -- + * BadState * Indicates a function call request is inconsistent with module state. */ Exception BadState = {"Bad State for Function Call"}; /* - * BadArg -- + * BadArg * Indicates a function call argument or arguments is out-of-bounds. */ Exception BadArg = {"Bad Argument to Function Call"}; @@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ Exception BadArg = {"Bad Argument to Function Call"}; *****************************************************************************/ /* - * BadAllocSize -- + * BadAllocSize * Indicates that an allocation request is of unreasonable size. */ Exception BadAllocSize = {"Too Large Allocation Request"}; /* - * ExhaustedMemory -- + * ExhaustedMemory * Indicates an dynamic memory allocation failed. */ Exception ExhaustedMemory = {"Memory Allocation Failed"}; /* - * Unimplemented -- + * Unimplemented * Indicates a function call request requires unimplemented code. */ Exception Unimplemented = {"Unimplemented Functionality"}; diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/format.c b/src/backend/utils/error/format.c index 4cb92670be4..dcc27cec024 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/error/format.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/error/format.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * format.c-- + * format.c * a wrapper around code that does what vsprintf does. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/format.c,v 1.9 1999/01/17 03:04:52 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/format.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:19:49 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c index 3c2fd6c6e56..fd49fbe5af8 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dfmgr.c-- + * dfmgr.c * Dynamic function manager code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/07 22:06:01 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:19:51 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c index 2b9f5bbb346..2e663657b6b 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * fmgr.c-- + * fmgr.c * Interface routines for the table-driven function manager. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.21 1999/02/03 21:17:35 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:19:52 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c b/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c index f396973634c..f41b322189e 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * dynahash.c-- + * dynahash.c * dynamic hashing * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c,v 1.17 1999/02/03 21:17:38 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:19:55 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c b/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c index 3f3549b1656..34f0966b8a7 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * hashfn.c-- + * hashfn.c * * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c,v 1.8 1998/09/01 03:26:47 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:19:56 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c b/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c index 06a2d47455f..b772ba0d105 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * enbl.c-- + * enbl.c * POSTGRES module enable and disable support code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/enbl.c,v 1.5 1999/02/02 03:45:04 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/enbl.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:19:59 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ #include "utils/module.h" /* where the declarations go */ /* - * BypassEnable -- + * BypassEnable * False iff enable/disable processing is required given on and "*countP." * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c b/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c index eadb0b76595..ada3f65c412 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * findbe.c -- + * findbe.c * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:33:14 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:20:00 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c b/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c index 2c7e3999dcb..23d63748cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * globals.c-- + * globals.c * global variable declarations * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c,v 1.26 1998/10/16 06:05:16 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:20:00 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Globals used all over the place should be declared here and not diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c index 0f10549285b..640b16beb26 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * miscinit.c-- + * miscinit.c * miscellanious initialization support stuff * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.25 1999/01/17 06:18:54 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.26 1999/02/13 23:20:01 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #include "storage/fd.h" /* for O_ */ /* - * EnableAbortEnvVarName -- + * EnableAbortEnvVarName * Enables system abort iff set to a non-empty string in environment. */ #define EnableAbortEnvVarName "POSTGRESABORT" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ unsigned char RecodeBackTable[128]; */ /* - * ExitPostgres -- + * ExitPostgres * Exit POSTGRES with a status code. * * Note: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ ExitPostgres(ExitStatus status) } /* - * AbortPostgres -- + * AbortPostgres * Abort POSTGRES dumping core. * * Note: @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ static ProcessingMode Mode = NoProcessing; #ifdef NOT_USED /* - * IsNoProcessingMode -- + * IsNoProcessingMode * True iff processing mode is NoProcessing. */ bool @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ IsNoProcessingMode() #endif /* - * IsBootstrapProcessingMode -- + * IsBootstrapProcessingMode * True iff processing mode is BootstrapProcessing. */ bool @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ IsBootstrapProcessingMode() } /* - * IsInitProcessingMode -- + * IsInitProcessingMode * True iff processing mode is InitProcessing. */ bool @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ IsInitProcessingMode() } /* - * IsNormalProcessingMode -- + * IsNormalProcessingMode * True iff processing mode is NormalProcessing. */ bool @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ IsNormalProcessingMode() } /* - * SetProcessingMode -- + * SetProcessingMode * Sets mode of processing as specified. * * Exceptions: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c index c23dd15bce1..5f94168334c 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * postinit.c-- + * postinit.c * postgres initialization utilities * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.36 1999/01/17 06:18:55 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.37 1999/02/13 23:20:02 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * InitPostgres() is the function called from PostgresMain @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ InitMyDatabaseInfo(char *name) /* - * DoChdirAndInitDatabaseNameAndPath -- + * DoChdirAndInitDatabaseNameAndPath * Set current directory to the database directory for the database * named <name>. * Also set global variables DatabasePath and DatabaseName to those @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ InitStdio() } /* -------------------------------- - * InitPostgres -- + * InitPostgres * Initialize POSTGRES. * * Note: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c b/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c index dadf6a8173c..d72ebd347b5 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * database.c-- + * database.c * miscellanious initialization support stuff * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/Attic/database.c,v 1.22 1999/01/17 06:18:58 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/Attic/database.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:20:03 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c b/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c index 3e57e87bee6..f59ac973927 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * superuser.c-- + * superuser.c * * The superuser() function. Determines if user has superuser privilege. * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:33:32 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:20:06 momjian Exp $ * * DESCRIPTION * See superuser(). diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c b/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c index 5417243a8dd..a9c4390a175 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * trace.c-- + * trace.c * * Conditional trace ans logging functions. * diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c index 739bd998971..de364bcf90a 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * aset.c-- + * aset.c * Allocation set definitions. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.13 1999/02/07 13:37:56 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:20:09 momjian Exp $ * * NOTE: * This is a new (Feb. 05, 1999) implementation of the allocation set @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ AllocSetFreeIndex(Size size) */ /* - * AllocSetInit -- + * AllocSetInit * Initializes given allocation set. * * Note: @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ AllocSetInit(AllocSet set, AllocMode mode, Size limit) /* - * AllocSetReset -- + * AllocSetReset * Frees memory which is allocated in the given set. * * Exceptions: @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ AllocSetReset(AllocSet set) } /* - * AllocSetContains -- + * AllocSetContains * True iff allocation set contains given allocation element. * * Exceptions: @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ AllocSetContains(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer) } /* - * AllocSetAlloc -- + * AllocSetAlloc * Returns pointer to allocated memory of given size; memory is added * to the set. * @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size) } /* - * AllocSetFree -- + * AllocSetFree * Frees allocated memory; memory is removed from the set. * * Exceptions: @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ AllocSetFree(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer) } /* - * AllocSetRealloc -- + * AllocSetRealloc * Returns new pointer to allocated memory of given size; this memory * is added to the set. Memory associated with given pointer is copied * into the new memory, and the old memory is freed. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ AllocSetRealloc(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer, Size size) } /* - * AllocSetDump -- + * AllocSetDump * Displays allocated set. */ void diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c index f0e2ee06f7a..df472543011 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * mcxt.c-- + * mcxt.c * POSTGRES memory context code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.11 1999/02/06 16:50:26 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:20:10 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ static OrderedSetData ActiveGlobalMemorySetData; /* uninitialized */ #define PSIZESPACE(LEN) ((LEN) + sizeof (int32)) /* - * AllocSizeIsValid -- + * AllocSizeIsValid * True iff 0 < size and size <= MaxAllocSize. */ #define AllocSizeIsValid(size) (0 < (size) && (size) <= MaxAllocSize) @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static OrderedSetData ActiveGlobalMemorySetData; /* uninitialized */ *****************************************************************************/ /* - * CurrentMemoryContext -- + * CurrentMemoryContext * Memory context for general global allocations. */ MemoryContext CurrentMemoryContext = NULL; @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ static struct GlobalMemoryData TopGlobalMemoryData = { }; /* - * TopMemoryContext -- + * TopMemoryContext * Memory context for general global allocations. * * Note: @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ MemoryContext TopMemoryContext = (MemoryContext) &TopGlobalMemoryData; */ /* - * EnableMemoryContext -- + * EnableMemoryContext * Enables/disables memory management and global contexts. * * Note: @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ EnableMemoryContext(bool on) } /* - * MemoryContextAlloc -- + * MemoryContextAlloc * Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context. * * Note: @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ MemoryContextAlloc(MemoryContext context, Size size) } /* - * MemoryContextFree -- + * MemoryContextFree * Frees allocated memory referenced by pointer in the given context. * * Note: @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ MemoryContextFree(MemoryContext context, Pointer pointer) } /* - * MemoryContextRelloc -- + * MemoryContextRelloc * Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context. * * Note: @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ MemoryContextRealloc(MemoryContext context, } /* - * MemoryContextGetName -- + * MemoryContextGetName * Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context. * * Note: @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ MemoryContextGetName(MemoryContext context) #endif /* - * PointerGetAllocSize -- + * PointerGetAllocSize * Returns size of aligned allocated memory given pointer to it. * * Note: @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ PointerGetAllocSize(Pointer pointer) #endif /* - * MemoryContextSwitchTo -- + * MemoryContextSwitchTo * Returns the current context; installs the given context. * * Note: @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context) * External Functions */ /* - * CreateGlobalMemory -- + * CreateGlobalMemory * Returns new global memory context. * * Note: @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ CreateGlobalMemory(char *name) /* XXX MemoryContextName */ } /* - * GlobalMemoryDestroy -- + * GlobalMemoryDestroy * Destroys given global memory context. * * Exceptions: @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ GlobalMemoryDestroy(GlobalMemory context) *****************************************************************************/ /* - * GlobalMemoryAlloc -- + * GlobalMemoryAlloc * Returns pointer to aligned space in the global context. * * Exceptions: @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ GlobalMemoryAlloc(GlobalMemory this, Size size) } /* - * GlobalMemoryFree -- + * GlobalMemoryFree * Frees allocated memory in the global context. * * Exceptions: @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ GlobalMemoryFree(GlobalMemory this, } /* - * GlobalMemoryRealloc -- + * GlobalMemoryRealloc * Returns pointer to aligned space in the global context. * * Note: @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ GlobalMemoryRealloc(GlobalMemory this, } /* - * GlobalMemoryGetName -- + * GlobalMemoryGetName * Returns name string for context. * * Exceptions: @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ GlobalMemoryGetName(GlobalMemory this) } /* - * GlobalMemoryDump -- + * GlobalMemoryDump * Dumps global memory context for debugging. * * Exceptions: @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ GlobalMemoryDump(GlobalMemory this) } /* - * DumpGlobalMemories -- + * DumpGlobalMemories * Dumps all global memory contexts for debugging. * * Exceptions: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c index a076bc08118..493197e8ea9 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * oset.c-- + * oset.c * Fixed format ordered set definitions. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/oset.c,v 1.10 1999/01/17 03:04:53 tgl Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/oset.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:10 momjian Exp $ * * NOTE * XXX This is a preliminary implementation which lacks fail-fast @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ static void OrderedElemPush(OrderedElem elem); static void OrderedElemPushHead(OrderedElem elem); /* - * OrderedElemGetBase -- + * OrderedElemGetBase * Returns base of enclosing structure. */ static Pointer @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ OrderedElemGetBase(OrderedElem elem) } /* - * OrderedSetInit -- + * OrderedSetInit */ void OrderedSetInit(OrderedSet set, Offset offset) @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ OrderedSetInit(OrderedSet set, Offset offset) } /* - * OrderedSetContains -- + * OrderedSetContains * True iff ordered set contains given element. */ bool @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ OrderedSetContains(OrderedSet set, OrderedElem elem) } /* - * OrderedSetGetHead -- + * OrderedSetGetHead */ Pointer OrderedSetGetHead(OrderedSet set) @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ OrderedSetGetHead(OrderedSet set) } /* - * OrderedSetGetTail -- + * OrderedSetGetTail */ #ifdef NOT_USED Pointer @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ OrderedSetGetTail(OrderedSet set) #endif /* - * OrderedElemGetPredecessor -- + * OrderedElemGetPredecessor */ Pointer OrderedElemGetPredecessor(OrderedElem elem) @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ OrderedElemGetPredecessor(OrderedElem elem) } /* - * OrderedElemGetSuccessor -- + * OrderedElemGetSuccessor */ Pointer OrderedElemGetSuccessor(OrderedElem elem) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ OrderedElemGetSuccessor(OrderedElem elem) } /* - * OrderedElemPop -- + * OrderedElemPop */ void OrderedElemPop(OrderedElem elem) @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ OrderedElemPop(OrderedElem elem) } /* - * OrderedElemPushInto -- + * OrderedElemPushInto */ void OrderedElemPushInto(OrderedElem elem, OrderedSet set) @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ OrderedElemPushInto(OrderedElem elem, OrderedSet set) } /* - * OrderedElemPush -- + * OrderedElemPush */ static void OrderedElemPush(OrderedElem elem) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ OrderedElemPush(OrderedElem elem) } /* - * OrderedElemPushHead -- + * OrderedElemPushHead */ static void OrderedElemPushHead(OrderedElem elem) diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c index ad4e506f2fa..2653401b2a9 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * palloc.c-- + * palloc.c * POSTGRES memory allocator code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/palloc.c,v 1.10 1999/02/06 16:50:27 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/palloc.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:11 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c index 1aa456b943b..4068b13467a 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * portalmem.c-- + * portalmem.c * backend portal memory context management stuff * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.17 1999/02/06 16:50:28 wieck Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:20:12 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ * * Here is an old comment taken from nodes/memnodes.h * - * MemoryContext -- + * MemoryContext * A logical context in which memory allocations occur. * * The types of memory contexts can be thought of as members of the @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ DumpPortals() * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* - * EnablePortalManager -- + * EnablePortalManager * Enables/disables the portal management module. */ void @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ EnablePortalManager(bool on) } /* - * GetPortalByName -- + * GetPortalByName * Returns a portal given a portal name; returns blank portal given * NULL; returns invalid portal if portal not found. * @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ GetPortalByName(char *name) } /* - * BlankPortalAssignName -- + * BlankPortalAssignName * Returns former blank portal as portal with given name. * * Side effect: @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ BlankPortalAssignName(char *name) /* XXX PortalName */ } /* - * PortalSetQuery -- + * PortalSetQuery * Attaches a "query" to portal. * * Exceptions: @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ PortalSetQuery(Portal portal, } /* - * PortalGetQueryDesc -- + * PortalGetQueryDesc * Returns query attached to portal. * * Exceptions: @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ PortalGetQueryDesc(Portal portal) } /* - * PortalGetState -- + * PortalGetState * Returns state attached to portal. * * Exceptions: @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ PortalGetState(Portal portal) } /* - * CreatePortal -- + * CreatePortal * Returns a new portal given a name. * * Note: @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ CreatePortal(char *name) /* XXX PortalName */ } /* - * PortalDestroy -- + * PortalDestroy * Destroys portal. * * Exceptions: @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ PortalDestroy(Portal *portalP) } /* ---------------- - * PortalResetHeapMemory -- + * PortalResetHeapMemory * Resets portal's heap memory context. * * Someday, Reset, Start, and End can be optimized by keeping a global @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ PortalResetHeapMemory(Portal portal) } /* - * StartPortalAllocMode -- + * StartPortalAllocMode * Starts a new block of portal heap allocation using mode and limit; * the current block is disabled until EndPortalAllocMode is called. * @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ StartPortalAllocMode(AllocMode mode, Size limit) } /* - * EndPortalAllocMode -- + * EndPortalAllocMode * Ends current block of portal heap allocation; previous block is * reenabled. * @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ EndPortalAllocMode() } /* - * PortalGetVariableMemory -- + * PortalGetVariableMemory * Returns variable memory context for a given portal. * * Exceptions: @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ PortalGetVariableMemory(Portal portal) } /* - * PortalGetHeapMemory -- + * PortalGetHeapMemory * Returns heap memory context for a given portal. * * Exceptions: @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ PortalGetHeapMemory(Portal portal) } /* - * PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal -- + * PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal * Returns portal containing given variable memory context. * * Exceptions: @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal(PortalVariableMemory context) } /* - * PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal -- + * PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal * Returns portal containing given heap memory context. * * Exceptions: @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal(PortalHeapMemory context) } /* - * PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory -- + * PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory * Returns heap memory context associated with given variable memory. * * Exceptions: @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory(PortalVariableMemory context) #endif /* - * PortalHeapMemoryGetVariableMemory -- + * PortalHeapMemoryGetVariableMemory * Returns variable memory context associated with given heap memory. * * Exceptions: diff --git a/src/backend/utils/sort/lselect.c b/src/backend/utils/sort/lselect.c index 40caaf3631e..230b0b0e9cc 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/sort/lselect.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/sort/lselect.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * lselect.c-- + * lselect.c * leftist tree selection algorithm (linked priority queue--Knuth, Vol.3, * pp.150-52) * @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/Attic/lselect.c,v 1.14 1998/09/01 03:27:11 momjian Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/Attic/lselect.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:20:15 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c b/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c index abb1c579d24..53e01699ff6 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /* - * psort.c-- + * psort.c * Polyphase merge sort. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * - * $Id: psort.c,v 1.49 1999/02/03 21:17:42 momjian Exp $ + * $Id: psort.c,v 1.50 1999/02/13 23:20:15 momjian Exp $ * * NOTES * Sorts the first relation into the second relation. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c b/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c index 360027b1eb4..dd870538c10 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * tqual.c-- + * tqual.c * POSTGRES "time" qualification code. * * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION - * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.24 1999/01/29 09:23:12 vadim Exp $ + * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:20:19 momjian Exp $ * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ setheapoverride(bool on) */ /* - * HeapTupleSatisfiesItself -- + * HeapTupleSatisfiesItself * True iff heap tuple is valid for "itself." * "{it}self" means valid as of everything that's happened * in the current transaction, _including_ the current command. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesItself(HeapTupleHeader tuple) } /* - * HeapTupleSatisfiesNow -- + * HeapTupleSatisfiesNow * True iff heap tuple is valid "now." * "now" means valid including everything that's happened * in the current transaction _up to, but not including,_ |